myHyundai ie

Post on 01-Jan-2017

246 views 0 download

Transcript of myHyundai ie

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

The information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, the right to amend specifications without notice or obligation toincorporate such amendments into vehicles already produced is reserved.

This manual applies to all markets and includes descriptions and explana-tions of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some of theequipment operating descriptions referred to may not apply to the particu-lar vehicle with which this manual is supplied.

Please refer to the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer for informationregarding current standard and optional equipment levels.

F2

Modification to the original vehicle specification may invalidate the manufacturers warranty and mayadversely affect the safety and durability of the vehicle.

Components which are subject to modification or are added to the original vehicle specification with-out the express approval of the manufacturer and result in consequential loss or damage are not cov-ered by the vehicle manufacturers warranty.

Particular attention is drawn to the fitment of replacement road wheels having a different specificationto those installed in production. The installation of alternative specification road wheels may result inthe replacement road wheels fouling the vehicle body resulting in tyre damage and compromisedsafety. The installation of after market wheels on vehicles equipped with TPMS may result in wheelbalancing difficulties or malfunction of the TPMS system.

Please refer to the nearest Hyundai authorised repairer before non original specification road wheelsare installed.

This vehicle is fitted with electronically controlled fuel injection or other micro processor controlledequipment.

It is possible for incorrectly installed two way radio equipment including mobile telephones to adverse-ly affect these systems.

Before radio equipment of this kind is installed, please contact your Hyundai authorised repairer forrecommendation regarding the suitability of the particular radio equipment concerned and the rec-ommended method of installation and equipment location. Incorrectly installed or unsuitable equip-ment which gives rise to incorrect functioning of or damage to electronic vehicle components will notfall within the scope of the vehicle manufacturers warranty.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO ORIGINAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Hyundai Motor Company wish to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing a Hyundai product and to welcome you to theever increasing number of discriminating motorists who drive Hyundai vehicles. The advanced engineering and construction meth-ods employed during both design and production of the Hyundai marque are something of which we are proud, and this commit-ment to providing a high quality product is supported by a comprehensive after sales and warranty service of which we are equal-ly proud.

This owner's manual will introduce the operating and maintenance requirements for the vehicle and it is recommended that it iscarefully read to ensure that the maximum performance and durability along with safe and satisfactory operation are obtained. Therecommended routine maintenance servicing along with any running repairs that may be required should be entrusted to aHyundai authorised repairer to ensure that only the latest methods and genuine Hyundai replacement parts are used for the con-tinued reliability, safety and performance of the vehicle.

Should any question or query exist regarding any aspect of your Hyundai please contact the nearest Hyundai authorised repairerwho will be only too pleased to assist wherever possible.

Note : This owners manual should be considered as part of the vehicle and should be kept in the vehicle at all times for ease ofreference.

In the event of the vehicle being sold please ensure that this manual is left in the vehicle for the reference of the new owner.

Copyright 2010 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are manufac-tured to the same specification asthose used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles andare designed and tested to guaranteeoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. The use of imi-tation, counterfeit or used salvageparts is not covered under the HyundaiNew Vehicle Warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by the Hyundai New VehicleWarranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough Hyundai authorised repairers.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-2Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5

Vehicle run-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AUN

This Owners Manual is designed to helpvehicle users derive the greatest possi-ble amount of enjoyment and satisfactionfrom driving the HYUNDAI vehicle. It isstrongly recommended that the entiremanual is read in order that all of the fea-tures, safety systems and maintenancerequirements are understood.To minimise the RISK of death or injury,the "WARNING" and "CAUTION" state-ments must be read and understoodbefore operating the vehicle.Illustrations are used throughout themanual to complement written descrip-tions intended to best explain how toenjoy using the vehicle.Reading this manual will assist the vehi-cle user to learn about and understandthe features, important safety informa-tion, and driving recommendations.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. The indexhas an alphabetical listing of all the infor-mation contained in the manual. Themanual has eight sections plus an index.Each section begins with a brief list ofcontents to easily identify at a glance ifthat section contains the informationbeing sought.

"WARNING", "CAUTION", and "NOTICE"information is provided to enhance thepersonal safety of the vehicle user. Thisinformation must be carefully read andfollowed.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Petrol engineA020101AFD

UnleadedFor the optimal vehicle performance, werecommend you to use unleaded petrolwith an octane rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 95 /AKI (Anti KnockIndex) 91 or higher.You may use unleaded petrol with anoctane rating of RON 91~94/AKI 87~90but it may result in slight performancereduction of the vehicle.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult aHYUNDAI authorised repairer fordetails.)

1 3

Introduction

A020103AUN

Petrol containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol(also known as grain alcohol), and petrolor gasohol containing methanol (alsoknown as wood alcohol) are being mar-keted along with or instead of leaded orunleaded petrol.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use petrol orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapour lock or hard starting.

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

Introduction

41

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Fuels for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends use of fuelstreated with detergent additives, whichhelp to prevent deposit formation in theengine. These fuels will help the enginesrun cleaner and increase the EmissionControl System performance.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesDrivers of vehicles which are to be oper-ated in foreign countries must satisfythemselves that:• The vehicle meets all local regulations

with respect to insurance, specifica-tions etc..

• The correct types and grades of fuelare available for satisfactory operationof the vehicle.

Diesel engineA020201CUN

Diesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand / or fuel additives will result in a limi-tation of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.• Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel

fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to permit restarting.

CAUTIONDo not allow petrol or water to enterthe fuel tank. If this happens, thetank should be completely drainedand the fuel lines must all becleaned out to prevent the fuelpump from becoming contaminat-ed.

CAUTION - Diesel FuelIt is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

1 5

Introduction

A020202CUN

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends ofno more than 7% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B7 Diesel" may be used inyour vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214or equivalent specifications. (EN standsfor "European Norm"). The use of biofu-els exceeding 7%, made from rapeseedmethyl ester (RME), fatty acid methylester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding7% with biodiesel will cause increasedwear or damage to the engine and fuelsystem. Repair or replacement of worn ordamaged components due to the use ofnon approved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher centre of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt manoeuvres. Again, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

A030000AUN

No special run-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• Whilst driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly run-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer/caravan during thefirst 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-tion.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether

diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petro-leum industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

VEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

VEHICLE RUN-IN PROCESS

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Engine oil pressure warninglight

*: if equipped❈: For more detailed explanations, refer

to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.

Passenger’s front air bag OFFindicator*

Seat belt warning light

Tailgate open warning light

High beam indicator

Light on indicator*

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

4WD system warning light*

4WD LOCK indicator*

Malfunction indicator*

Air bag warning light Cruise SET indicator*

Low fuel level warning light

Shift pattern indicator*

Charging system warning light

Low windscreen washer fluidlevel warning light*

Door ajar warning light

Glow indicator (Diesel only)

Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only)

ESP indicator*

ESP OFF indicator* Immobiliser indicator*

Low tyre pressure telltale*

Low tyre pressure position telltale*

A050000ACM

Manual transaxle shift indicator*Engine oil level warning light(Diesel engine*)

ECO indicator*ECO

Cruise indicator*

2Interior overview / 2-2

Instrument panel overview / 2-3

Engine compartment / 2-4

Your vehicle at a glance

Your vehicle at a glance

22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

B010001AFD

1. Door lock/unlock button ..........................4-13

2. Outside rearview mirror folding button* ..4-37

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*..4-36

4. Central door lock switch* ........................4-13

5. Power window lock switch*.....................4-21

6. Power window switches* ........................4-18

7. Fuse box.................................................7-41

8. Head lamp levelling device* ...................4-68

9. Front fog lamp button* ............................4-67

10. Rear fog lamp button*...........................4-68

11. Instrument panel illumination* ..............4-39

12. 4WD Lock button*.................................5-24

13. ESP OFF button*..................................5-35

14. Bonnet release lever.............................4-22

15. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-32

16. Seat ........................................................3-2

* : if equipped

OCM010001R

2 3

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s air bag* ..............................3-41

2. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-64

3. Instrument cluster ...........................4-38

4. Wiper/Washer..................................4-70

5. Auto cruise controls*.......................5-40

6. Ignition switch ...................................5-4

7. Steering wheel ................................4-32

8. Digital clock* .................................4-105

9. Audio controls*..............................4-112

10. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-63

11. Climate control system* ................4-87

12. Seat warmer* ..................................3-9

13. Shift lever ......................................5-17

14. Cigarette lighter...........................4-101

15. Power outlet ................................4-104

16. Smart key holder* or Ashtray* ..........................5-13/4-102

17. Passenger’s air bag* .....................3-41

18. Vent controls .................................4-81

19. Glove box ......................................4-99

20. Parking brake pedal*.....................5-31

21. Brake pedal...................................5-30

22. Accelerator pedal ............................5-5

* : if equipped

OCM010002R

B020001AFD

Your vehicle at a glance

42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OCM010003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-13

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-12

3. Fuel filter..........................................7-19

4. Brake fluid reservoir.........................7-16

5. Air cleaner .......................................7-20

6. Fuse box..........................................7-41

7. Negative battery terminal ................7-27

8. Positive battery terminal ..................7-27

9. Radiator cap ....................................7-15

10. Engine oil dipstick..........................7-12

11. Power steering fluid reservoir ........7-17

12. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir.........................................7-18

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seat / 3-2

Seat belts / 3-18

Child restraint system / 3-29

Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-37

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

23

C010000AFD

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer* / Seat warmer

(with air ventilation, Driver’s seat)*(6) Head restraint

2nd row seat(7) Seatback angle and folding(8) Double folding*(9) Head restraint(10) Armrest

3rd row seat*(11) Seatback folding(12) Head restraint

* if equipped

SEAT

OCM030001R

Manual seat

Power seat

3 3

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

whilst the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhilst maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

Safety system of your vehicle

43

Front seat adjustment - Manual (if equipped)C010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

OCM030003/HOCM030002/H

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

3 5

Safety system of your vehicle

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat, if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010105AFD

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the outside of the dri-ver’s seatback. Pivoting the lever increas-es or decreases lumbar support.

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control switches located on the out-side of the seat cushion. Before driving,adjust the seat to the proper position soas to easily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instrumentpanel.

OCM030004/H OCM030005/H

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the vehicle.

Safety system of your vehicle

63

Forward and backwardPush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

Seatback anglePush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary whilst theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control switches at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OCM030006/H OCM030007/H

3 7

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat)Pull the front portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control switch up to raise or downto lower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seat reach-es the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the button.

C010104BFD

Head restraintThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a head restraint for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The head restraint not only providescomfort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps to protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

OCM030008/H OCM030009/H OHM038048N

Safety system of your vehicle

83

Active head restraint (if equipped)

The active head restraint is designed tomove forward and upward during a rearimpact. This helps prevent the driver'sand front passenger’s heads from mov-ing backward and thus helps minimiseneck injuries.

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)

The head restraint may be adjusted for-ward to 3 different positions by pulling thehead restraint forward to the desireddetent. To adjust the head restraint to it’sfurthest backwards position, pull it fullyforward to the farthest position andrelease it. Adjust the head restraint sothat it properly supports the head andneck.

OCM030010HNF2041-1/H

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestraint should be adjusted sothe middle of the head restraint isat the same height of the centreof gravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the centre of gravity ofmost people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also, adjust the headrestraint as close to your head aspossible. For this reason, the useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe head restraints removed assevere injury to the occupantsmay occur in the event of an acci-dent. Head restraints may provideprotection against neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the head restraintposition of the driver's seatwhilst the vehicle is in motion.

WARNINGA gap between the seat and thehead restraint release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.

3 9

Safety system of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint, pull it up tothe desired position (1). To lower thehead restraint, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the head restraint supportand lower the head restraint to thedesired position (3).

Removal

To remove the head restraint, raise it asfar as it can go then press the releasebutton (1) whilst pulling upward (2).To reinstall the head restraint, put thehead restraint poles (3) into the holeswhilst pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriate height.

C010107AFD

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.• The temperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

OCM030012

WARNINGMake sure the head restraint locksin position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occupants.

OCM030011

Switch position LO Centre HI

Temperature LOW OFF HIGH

OCM030013R

Safety system of your vehicle

103

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

C010108AUN

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andpetrol. Doing so may damage thesurface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats whilst the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

OXM039015

OCM030052

Type A

Type B

3 11

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustmentSeatback angle (2nd row seat)To recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback

of the seat to the position you desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Head restraintThe rear seat(s) is equipped with headrestraints in all the seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.The head restraint not only providescomfort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in the event ofa collision.

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OHM038049NOCM030016

**

* if equipped

Safety system of your vehicle

123

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint, pull it up tothe desired position (1). To lower thehead restraint, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the head restraint supportand lower the head restraint to thedesired position (3).

Removal

To remove the head restraint, raise it asfar as it can go then press the releasebutton (1) whilst pulling the head restraintup (2).To reinstall the head restraint, put thehead restraint poles (3) into the holeswhilst pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriate height.

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestraint should be adjusted sothe middle of the head restraint isat the same height of the centreof gravity of an occupant's head.Generally, the centre of gravity ofmost people's head is similarwith the height of the top of theireyes. Also adjust the headrestraint as close to your head aspossible. For this reason, the useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe head restraints removed.Severe injury to an occupant mayoccur in the event of an accident.Head restraints may provide pro-tection against severe neckinjuries when properly adjusted.

OXM039018

WARNINGMake sure the head restraint locksin position after adjusting it toproperly protect the occupants.

OXM039017

3 13

Safety system of your vehicle

Armrest (2nd row seat)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks can be folded to facil-itate carrying long items or to increasethe luggage capacity of the vehicle.

2nd row seat

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear head restraints to thelowest position.

OCM052035

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilstthe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

Safety system of your vehicle

143

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. When you return the seatbackto its upright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5. Double folding (2nd row right seat, if equipped) Pull the double folding lever, then pullup the rear of the portion seat cushiontoward the front of the vehicle. Whenyou return the seat cushion to its orig-inal position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pulling the rearportion of the seat cushion.

6. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward by pulling on thefolding lever. Pull the seatback firmlyuntil it clicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.

7. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OCM052030 OCM030024

OCM052034

OCM052033

3 15

Safety system of your vehicle

3rd row seat (if equipped)

1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the 2nd row seatback to theupright position.

3.Lower the rear head restraints to thelowest position.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. When you return the seatbackto its upright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

OCM030022

Safety system of your vehicle

163

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward by pulling on thefolding lever. Pull the seatback firmlyuntil it clicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OUN026140

WARNING - 3rd row seatThe head restraint on the 3rd rowseat should be adjusted so the mid-dle of the head restraint is at thesame height of the top of the occu-pant's eyes.If the tailgate is pushed down toclose it when a passenger's head isnot against a properly adjustedhead restraint or a tall person isseated, the tailgate may hit theoccupant's head, which couldcause injury.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

OCM030025

3 17

Safety system of your vehicle

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear (2nd and/or3rd row) seatbacks to the uprightposition, remember to return the rearshoulder belts to their proper posi-tion. Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guides willhelp keep the belts from beingtrapped behind or under the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear (2nd and/or3rd row) seatback, insert the bucklein the pocket between the rear seat-back and cushion. Doing so canprevent the buckle from being dam-aged by the rear seatback.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rear(2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, sincethey cannot be properly securedand may hit the front seat occu-pants in a collision.

Safety system of your vehicle

183

C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

3 19

Safety system of your vehicle

C020101AFD

Seat belt warningType A

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

Type B

As a reminder to the driver, the driver’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turned ON, the seat belt warn-ing light will illuminate until the belt is fas-tened.If you continue not to fasten the seat beltand you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h), theilluminated warning light will start to blinkuntil you drive under 3 mph (6 km/h).If you continue not to fasten the seat beltand you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) theseat belt warning chime will sound forapproximately 100 seconds and the cor-responding warning light will blink.

C020102AFD

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

1GQA2083 B180A01NF/H

1

2

Safety system of your vehicle

203

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) whilst press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

OCM030026

Front seat

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

3 21

Safety system of your vehicle

When using the rear centre seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

OHM038028NB200A01NF/H

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

B210A01NF/H1

Safety system of your vehicle

223

Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion when not in use.

• The centre seat belt can be stowedwith the plate and webbing rolled in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion.

• Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.After inserting the seat belt, tighten thebelt webbing by pulling it up.

OCM052031

OXM039030

2nd row seat

3rd row seat (if equipped)OCM052303

OCM052036

2nd row seat

3rd row seat (if equipped)

CAUTIONWhen using the seat belt, use itafter taking it out of the guides.If you pull the seat belt when it isstored in the guides, it may damagethe guides and/or belt webbing.

3 23

Safety system of your vehicle

C020200AFD

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

The pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision or rollover, if the vehicle isequipped with a side or curtain air bag.

✽✽ NOTICE - without rollover sensor

The pre-tensioner will activate not onlyin a frontal collision but also in a sidecollision, if the vehicle is equipped witha side or curtain air bag.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OED030300/H 8KMB3311/H

Safety system of your vehicle

243

✽✽ NOTICE• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are

activated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the "ON" position, andthen it should turn off.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be working

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please read andfollow all of the important infor-mation and precautions aboutyour vehicle’s occupant safetyfeatures – including seat beltsand air bags – that are providedin this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates whilst the vehicle isbeing driven, please have aHYUNDAI authorised repairerinspect the pre-tensioner seat beltor SRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

3 25

Safety system of your vehicle

C020300AUN

Seat belt precautions(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

Safety system of your vehicle

263

C020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

3 27

Safety system of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the centre of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women.The seat belt shouldbe worn as low and snugly as possibleacross the hips, not across the abdomen.A qualified Medical Practitioner shouldbe consulted for further information.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported. Forspecific recommendations, the advice ofa qualified Medical Practioner should besought.

C020304AUN

One person per beltThe seat belts are designed to be usedby one seat occupant only. The use of aseat belt by more than one personincreases the levels of injury which maybe sustained in the event of an accident.

C020305AFD

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface whilst the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.

Safety system of your vehicle

283

C020400AUN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt assemblies must never be dis-assembled or modified in any way. Inaddition, care should be exercised toensure that the belt assemblies do notbecome damaged by being trapped inseat mechanisms, door shuts etc.

C020401AUN

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Parts of the system thatare damaged should be replaced assoon as possible. Under no circum-stances must any part of the seat beltassemblies be dismantled or repaired.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned using a mild soap solution andwarm water. Bleach, dye, strong deter-gents or abrasives should not be usedsince the fabric may become damagedand weakened.

C020403AFD

When to replace seat beltsThe entire seat belt assembly or assem-blies should be inspected by an autho-rised repairer if the vehicle has beeninvolved in an accident even if no dam-age is evident. Additional questions con-cerning seat belt operation should bedirected to a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.

3 29

Safety system of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)C030000BUN

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimise the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmanoeuvre. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seats bylap belts or the lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt, or by a tether anchorand/or ISOFIX anchors (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

Safety system of your vehicle

303

C030100AFD

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. For safety rea-sons, we recommend that the childrestraint system be used in the rearseats.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

CRS09

OUN026150

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

3 31

Safety system of your vehicle

C030102AUN

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or centre rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

E2MS103005

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Before installing the childrestraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

OEN036101

Safety system of your vehicle

323

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

OEN036104

B230H01CM-GAT

Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Position using the Seat BeltUse child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for yourchildren. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.

Seating Position

Age Group

0 : Up to 10 kgX U U X

(0 - 9 months)0+ : Up to 13 kg

L2, L4 U U X(0 - 2 years)I : 9 kg to 18 kg

L5, L6, L7 U, L10 U L5, L6, L7(9 months - 4 years)

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg(4 - 12 years) L6, L9 UF UF L6, L9

Front passenger

2ndoutboard

2ndcentre

3rdoutboard

L2 : Suitable for PegPerego primo Viaggio (E13 030010) approved for the use in thisgroup

L4 : Suitable for GRACO Autobaby (E11 03.44.160) approved for the use in this group L5 : Suitable for Romer Lord Plus (E1 03301136) approved for the use in this group L6 : Suitable for Euro Kids Star (E1 03301127/E1 03301129) approved for the use in

this group L7 : Suitable for BeSafe iZi COMFORT (E4 03443206) approved for the use in this

group L9 : Suitable for Bebe comfort HiPSOS(E2 031011) approved for the use in this groupL10 : Suitable for "RÖMER ISOFIX GR1" approved for use in this age group Approval

No(E1 R44-04301133) U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this group UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for the use in

this groupX : Seat position not suitable for children in this group

3 33

Safety system of your vehicle

C030103AFD

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seats.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrestraint, route the tether strap underthe head restraint and between thehead restraint posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

OCM030033 OXM039034 WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

Safety system of your vehicle

343

C030104AFD

Securing a child restraint systemwith “ISOFIX” system and “TetherAnchorage” system (if equipped)ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-ting child seats that eliminates the needto use the standard adult seat belt tosecure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if ithas vehicle-specific approval in accor-dance with the requirements of ECE-R44.

There are ISOFIX symbols located onthe lower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These symbols indicate theposition of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OXM039035 OHM038045N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

3 35

Safety system of your vehicle

Both rear outboard seats are equippedwith a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as wellas a corresponding top tether anchorageon the back side of the back rest. TheISOFIX anchorages are located betweenseat cushion and back rest, marked withthe ISOFIX icon.For installation, CRS ISOFIX connectershave to engage with the vehicles ISOFIXanchorages (listen for a CLICK, checkpotential visual indicators on the CRSand cross-check by pulling).CRS with universal approval to ECE-R44 need to be fixed additionally with a toptether strap connected to the correspon-ding top tether anchorage point in theback rest.

The installing and the use of a child-seathas to be done according to theinstalling-manual, which is added to theISOFIX-seat.

To secure the child restraint seat

1. To engage the child restraint seat tothe ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible “click”sound.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thechild restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-ous page.)

OXM039036

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIXanchor during installation.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

Safety system of your vehicle

363

WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

seat at the centre of the rear seatusing the vehicle's ISOFIXanchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left andright outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIXanchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middleof the rear seat to the ISOFIXanchors.In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat properly in the cen-tre of the rear seat and maybreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not mount more than one

child restraint to a child restraintlower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load maycause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causingserious injury or death.

• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the childrestraint.

3 37

Safety system of your vehicle

C040000AUN

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag*(3) Side impact air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimise the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

OCM030301R

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.* 3rd row seat : if equipped

Safety system of your vehicle

383

C040100AFD

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Front impact sensors3. Passenger's front air bag module*4. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*5. Side impact sensors*6. Curtain air bag modules*7. Side air bag modules*8. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor*9. Air bag warning light10. Passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-

cator (front passenger's seat only)*

11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch*

*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments whilst the ignition switch is ON todetermine if a frontal or near-frontalimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on whilst the

vehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

OCM030200R1010

1111

3 39

Safety system of your vehicle

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the centre of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L/H B240B03L/H

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

B240B01L/H

Driver’s front air bag (1)

Safety system of your vehicle

403

B240B05L/H

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes onwhilst driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If this occurs,have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

3 41

Safety system of your vehicle

C040400AFD

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "SRS AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad cover in thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the centre of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can beseverely injured when the air baginflates. Always follow the precau-tions about seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat. NBSee section - Passenger's frontair bag ON/OFF switch (ifequipped).

• ABC – Always Buckle Children inthe back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

(Continued)

OCM030037R

OCM030038R

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag

Safety system of your vehicle

423

(Continued)• Front and side air bags can injure

occupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,whilst still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcentre console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated whilst thevehicle is being driven, have aHYUNDAI authorised repairerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

3 43

Safety system of your vehicle

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• A child restraint system must

never be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident. NB See section -Passenger's front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped).

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimise the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilstthe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

C040501AFD

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped)The passenger's front air bag can bedeactivated by the passenger's front airbag ON/OFF switch. When switched off arearward facing child seat can beinstalled in this seating position. Whenusing this facility the seat must always beput in its most rearward position.NB. For safety reasons, when installingchild seats within the vehicle the backseat positions are preferred, such prac-tice for installing a child seat in the frontpassenger seat (with the Air Bag switchpositioned OFF) should only be used inexceptional circumstances.In addition the air bag can also be deac-tivated if the front passenger's seat isunoccupied by a person.

OCM030054R

Safety system of your vehicle

443

To deactivate or reactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag:

To deactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the OFF position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willilluminate and stay on until the passen-ger’s front air bag is reactivated.To reactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the ON position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willgo out.

✽✽ NOTICE• When the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is set to the ON posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isactivated and child or infant seatshould not be installed on the frontpassenger seat.

• When the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFF posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isdeactivated.

OCM030055L

CAUTION• If the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is not workingproperly, the air bag warning lighton the instrument panel will illu-minate.And, the passenger's front air bagOFF indicator will not illuminate,the SRS Control Module reactivatethe passenger’s front air bag andthe passenger’s front air bag willinflate in frontal impact crasheseven if the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch is set to theOFF position.If this occurs, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer inspect thepassenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilstthe vehicle is being driven, have aHYUNDAI authorised repairerinspect the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch, pre-tensionerseat belt and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

WARNINGThe front air bag ON/OFF switchcould turn by using a similar smallrigid device. Always check the sta-tus of the front air bag ON/OFFswitch and passenger's front airbag OFF indicator.

3 45

Safety system of your vehicle

C040600AFD

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch, donot install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger's seat.A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seatother than that explained in sec-tion - Passenger's front air bagON/OFF switch (if equipped).Children who are too large forchild restraint systems shouldalways occupy the rear seat anduse the available lap/shoulderbelts. Children are afforded themost safety in the event of anaccident when they arerestrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• As soon as the child seat is nolonger needed on the front pas-senger's seat, reactivate the frontpassenger's air bag.

WARNING• The driver is responsible for the

proper position of the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.

• Deactivate the passenger's frontair bag only when the ignitionswitch is switched off, or the mal-function may occur in the SRSControl Module.And there may be a danger thatthe driver's and/or front passen-ger’s and/or side and curtain airbag may fail to trigger, or not trig-ger correctly during a collision.

• Never install a rearward facingchild seat on the front passen-ger's seat unless the passenger'sfront air bag has been deactivat-ed. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

(Continued)

OCM030039

OXM039054

Safety system of your vehicle

463

• The side impact air bags are designedto deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed and pointof impact.

• The side impact air bags do not onlydeploy on the side of the impact butalso on the opposite side.

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

Also, both sides of the side impact airbags deploy in certain rollover situa-tions.

• The side impact air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impact.

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side air bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition key is on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer. Inform thatyour vehicle is equipped withside air bags.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times whilst the vehi-cle is in motion. The air bagsdeploy only in certain side impactor rollover*1 conditions severeenough to cause significantinjury to the vehicle occupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)

*1: Only vehicle is equipped with rollover sensor.

3 47

Safety system of your vehicle

C040700AFD

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

• The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impact colli-sions, depending on the crash severity,angle, speed and point of impact.

• The curtain air bags do not only deployon the side of the impact but also onthe opposite side.

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

Also, both sides of the curtain air bagsdeploy in certain rollover situations.

• The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide its best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system.

(Continued)

(Continued)Make sure to put the childrestraint system as far away fromthe door side as possible, andsecure the child restraint systemin a locked position.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OXM039055

OCM052213

Safety system of your vehicle

483

C040800AFD

Air bag system operation (deploy-ment/non deployment)There are many types of situations inwhich an air bag would not provideadditional protection to the vehicleoccupants.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, low speed impacts, offsetcollisions and vehicle roll over. It istherefore important to understandthat the level of damage suffered by avehicle as a result of impact is notindicative of whether air bag deploy-ment was warranted by a primary, orsubsequent, impact.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module /

Rollover sensor (if equipped)(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)(4) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OCM030040R/OCM030041R/OCM030042/OCM030043/H/OXM039044

1 2 3 4

3 49

Safety system of your vehicle

C040801AUN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillar andC pillars where side collision sen-sors are installed. Have the vehi-cle checked and repaired by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicles collision and airbag deployment performance.

WARNING - if equippedwith rolloversensor

If your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to OFF or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignition is ON, andthe rollover sensor detects the situ-ation as a rollover.

1VQA2084/H

Safety system of your vehicle

503

Side impact and curtain air bags (if equipped)

Side impact and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideimpact and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollisions, but they may inflate in othercollisions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

Also, the side impact and curtain airbags are designed to inflate when arollover is detected by a rollover sensor.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086/H

OVQ036018N

OXM039057

3 51

Safety system of your vehicle

• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OVQ036018NOUN036087/H

Safety system of your vehicle

523

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

However, if equipped with side impactand curtain air bags, the air bags mayinflate in a rollover, when it is detectedby the rollover sensor.

✽✽ NOTICE - without rollover sensor

However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side impact airbags and curtain air bags.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091

3 53

Safety system of your vehicle

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

C040900AUN

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

✽✽ NOTICE - if equipped withrollover sensor

Also, the air bags inflate instantly in theevent of a rollover (if equipped with aside airbag or curtain air bag) in orderto help protect the occupants from seri-ous physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.

1VQA2092

Safety system of your vehicle

543

However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.

3 55

Safety system of your vehicle

C040903AUN

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seatNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger's seat other thanthat explained in section - Passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch (ifequipped). If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

If your vehicle is equipped with the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,you can activate or deactivate the frontpassenger’s air bag when necessary. Formore details, please refer to 3-43 page.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in steering wheeland/or instrument panel and/or inboth sides of the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors are veryhot. To prevent injury, do not touchthe air bag storage areas internalcomponents immediately after anair bag has inflated.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger's seat other thanthat as mentioned in section -Passenger's front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped). If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

Safety system of your vehicle

563

C041000AUN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on whilst the vehicle is

in motion.• The light blinks when the ignition

switch is in ON position.

C041100AFD

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

W7-147

3 57

Safety system of your vehicle

C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats whilst the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. A HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toa HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Safety system of your vehicle

583

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

C041200AUN

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels are attached toalert driver and passengers (includingchildren) of potential risk of air bag sys-tem.Note that these government warningsfocus on the risk to children, we alsowants you to be aware of the risks whichadults are exposed to. Those have beendescribed in previous pages.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tred on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

OCM030053L

*

* if equipped

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-5Smart key / 4-7Theft-alarm system / 4-10Door locks / 4-12Tailgate / 4-16Windows / 4-18Bonnet / 4-22Fuel filler lid / 4-24

Sunroof / 4-28Steering wheel / 4-32Mirrors / 4-34Instrument cluster / 4-38Rear parking assist system / 4-60Rearview camera / 4-62Hazard warning flasher / 4-63Lighting / 4-64Wipers and washers / 4-70Interior light / 4-74Defroster / 4-77Manual climate control system / 4-78Automatic climate control system / 4-87Windscreen defrosting and defogging / 4-95Storage compartment / 4-98Interior features / 4-101Exterior features / 4-110Audio system / 4-111

Features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

24

D010100AFD

Record your key numberThe key code number isstamped on the barcode tag attached to thekey set. Should youlose your keys, this

number will enable a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer to duplicate the keys easi-ly. Remove the bar code tag and store itin a safe place. Also, record the codenumber and keep it in a safe and handyplace, but not in the vehicle.

D010200AFD

Key operations• Used to start the engine.• Used to lock and unlock the doors.• Used to lock and unlock the glove box.

(if equipped)

Type BTo remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button and remove themechanical key.To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

KEYS

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

OCM040003

OCM040002L

Type A

Type B

4 3

Features of your vehicle

Immobiliser system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobiliser system toreduce the risk of unauthorised vehicleuse.Your immobiliser system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobiliser system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobiliser sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobiliser system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobiliser system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobiliser password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

Features of your vehicle

44

✽✽ NOTICEThe immobiliser system detects thepresence of a key in the ignition switch.To ensure the system performs correct-ly, the keys should be separated afterdelivery of the vehicle so that only onekey is near the ignition switch whenusing the vehicle. The engine may notstart or may stop shortly after starting ifmore than one key is near the ignitionswitch.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobiliser system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilisersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobiliser system because itcould cause the immobiliser sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobiliser systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

4 5

Features of your vehicle

D020101AUN-EE

Remote keyless entry systemoperations

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights blink.

D020102AUN

Unlock (2) All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

D020104AUN

Alarm (3, if equipped)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

D020200AFD

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

OCM040001A

OCM040004

OCM040006EType C (if equipped)

Type A (if equipped)

Type B (if equipped)

Features of your vehicle

64

D020300AFD

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centrecover.

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesdown as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for repro-gramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OCM052004

4 7

Features of your vehicle

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors (and tailgate).Also, you may start the engine. Refer tothe following, for more details.

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles or tailgate handle with alldoors (and tailgate) closed and any doorunlocked, locks all the doors (and tail-gate). The hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that all doors (and tail-gate) are locked.The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 28 in. (0.7 m) from theoutside door handle. If you want to makesure that a door has locked or not, youshould check the door lock button insidethe vehicle or pull the outside door han-dle.Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime soundsif any of the following occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ENGINE START/STOP button is in

the ACC or ON position.• Any door except the tailgate is opened.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040006E

OCM040006

Type A

Type BOCM040007R

OCM040011

Type A

Type B

Features of your vehicle

84

Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles or tailgate handle with alldoors (and tailgate) closed and locked,unlocks all the doors (and tailgate). Thehazard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that all doors (and tailgate) areunlocked. The button will only operatewhen the smart key is within 28 in. (0.7m) from the outside door handle.When the smart key is recognized in thearea of 28 in. (0.7 m) from the front out-side door handle, other people can alsoopen a door without possession of thesmart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourHYUNDAI authorised repairer toprotect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any ofthe following occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a mobile phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workproperly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 9

Features of your vehicle

Restrictions in handling keysWhen leaving keys with parking lot andvalet attendants, the following proce-dures will ensure that your vehicle’sglove box compartment can not beopened in your absence.1. Press and hold the release button (1)

and remove the mechanical key (2).2. Close and then lock the glove box

using the mechanical key.3. Leave the smart key with the atten-

dant. The glove box can not be openedwithout the mechanical key.

Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the battery witha new one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key canhave a problem if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your smart key or replace thebattery, contact a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smartkey.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces down as indicated in theillustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

✽✽ NOTICE• Using the wrong battery can cause the

smart key to malfunction. Be sure touse the correct battery.

• Circuits inside the smart key maydevelop problems when dropped,exposed to moisture or static electrici-ty.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some damage,or you feel your smart key is notworking correctly, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

OCM040002L OCM040005L

Features of your vehicle

104

D030000AUN-EE

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorised entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AUN-EE

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and the engine bonnet are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine bonnetremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) and enginebonnet are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed whilst a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door (or tailgate) orengine bonnet is opened within 30seconds after the system enters thearmed stage, the system is dis-armed to prevent unnecessaryalarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage

4 11

Features of your vehicle

D030200AFD

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs whilst the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using ignition key (*) or transmitter (orsmart key).

• The tailgate is opened without usingignition key (*) or transmitter (or smartkey).

• The engine bonnet is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the ignition key (*) or transmit-ter.(*) : To enable the ignition key to function,

consult your HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

D030400BFD

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:• The doors are unlocked using the

transmitter, smart key or ignition key(*).• The engine is started.• The ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-

tion for 30 seconds or more.After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.After depressing unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE - Non-immobilisersystem

• Avoid trying to start the engine whilstthe alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

✽✽ NOTICE - Immobiliser system• If the system is not disarmed with the

transmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust thetheft-alarm system because it couldcause the theft-alarm system tomalfunction and should only beserviced by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the theft-alarm systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

Features of your vehicle

124

D050100ACM

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward rear of vehicle to

unlock and toward front of vehicle tolock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger'sdoor.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors when leav-ing your vehicle unattended.

• Except Europe - To lock a door withoutthe key, push the inside door lock but-ton (1) or central door lock switch (2) tothe “Lock” position and close the door(3).If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

DOOR LOCKS

OCM052005/H

LockUnlock

OCM040012R

4 13

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201ACM

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in lock position, the button isunlocked and door opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle) andany front door is opened.- For Europe If any door is opened when the switchis pushed, all doors will not lock.

D050202ACM

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.• When pushing down on the front por-

tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open, thedoors will not lock when the front por-tion (1) of central door lock switch ispressed.- For Europe If any door is opened when the switchis pushed, all doors will not lock.

OCM040008R

Lock

Unlock

OCM040009R

Driver’s door

Features of your vehicle

144

D050600ANF

Deadlocks (if equipped)Some vehicles are equipped with adeadlocking system. Deadlocks preventopening of a door from either inside oroutside the vehicle once the deadlockshave been activated providing an addi-tional measure of vehicle security.To lock the vehicle using the deadlockfunction, the doors must be locked usingthe (Smart) key or the Remote KeylessEntry transmitter. To unlock the vehicle,the (Smart) key or the transmitter mustagain be used.To lock a vehicle without using the dead-lock function, the doors should be lockedby depressing the central door lockswitch and closing the doors.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle whilst you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked whilst thevehicle is in motion to preventaccidental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

WARNINGDo not lock the doors with the(Smart) key or the transmitter withanybody left in the vehicle.The pas-senger in the vehicle cannot unlockthe doors with the door lock button.For example, if the door is lockedwith the transmitter, the passengerin the vehicle cannot unlock thedoor without the transmitter.

4 15

Features of your vehicle

D050300AUN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors whilst the ignition switch ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

D050500AUN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even though the innerdoor handle is pulled inside the vehi-cle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors whilst the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OXM049010

Features of your vehicle

164

D070100AFD

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter (or smart key)or central door lock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OCM040011A

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

OCM040015

4 17

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

Features of your vehicle

184

D080000AFD

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OCM040016R

4 19

Features of your vehicle

D080100BFD

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of rear passen-ger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period. The driver’s door has amaster power window switch that con-trols all the windows in the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWhilst driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. Thisnoise is a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

OCM040018R

Features of your vehicle

204

D080103AUN

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position whilst the window is inoperation, pull up or press down andrelease the switch.If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhilst the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OCM040017R OUN026013/H

4 21

Features of your vehicle

D080104AUN

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a front and rear pas-senger door by depressing the powerwindow lock switch located on the dri-ver’s door to LOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the front and rearpassenger door power windows.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhilst driving.

OCM040013R

Features of your vehicle

224

D090100AUN

Opening the bonnet 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

bonnet. The bonnet should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thebonnet slightly, push the secondarylatch (1) inside of the bonnet centreand lift the bonnet (2).

3. Raise the bonnet. It will completely riseby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

D090200AUN

Closing the bonnet1. Before closing the bonnet, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the bonnet halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

BONNET

OCM040020OCM052018/H

4 23

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Bonnet• Before closing the bonnet,

ensure that all obstructions areremoved from the bonnet open-ing. Closing the bonnet with anobstruction present in the bonnetopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the bonnet is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the bonnet could flyopen whilst the vehicle is beingdriven, causing a total loss of vis-ibility, which might result in anaccident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thebonnet raised. The view will beblocked and the bonnet could fallor be damaged.

Features of your vehicle

244

D100100AFD

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the dri-ver’s door.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OCM040014R OCM040021

4 25

Features of your vehicle

D100300BFD

WARNING - Refuellingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refuelling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refuelling note the loca-

tion of the Emergency PetrolShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuelling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefuelling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuellingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapours resultingin rapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other petrolsource.

• When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-elling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapours causing a fire. Oncerefuelling has begun, contactwith the vehicle should be main-tained until the filling is com-plete.

(Continued)

Features of your vehicle

264

(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore petrol.

• Do not use mobile phones whilstrefuelling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference frommobile phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapours causing a fire.

• When refuelling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuelvapours causing a fire. Oncerefuelling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap and fillerdoor are securely closed, beforestarting the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle whilst ata gas station especially duringrefuelling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refu-

elling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately contactthe manager of the gas stationand then contact the local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refuelling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securely toprevent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

4 27

Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid releaseIf the fuel filler lid does not open usingthe remote fuel filler lid release, you canopen it manually. Remove the panel inthe luggage compartment area. Pull thehandle out slightly.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle excessively,otherwise the luggage compart-ment area trim or release handlemay be damaged.

OCM052017

Features of your vehicle

284

D110000AUN

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control buttons locatedon the overhead console.1. Slide button2. Tilt button3. Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, sunroof may

not work properly due to freezingconditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilstin an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM052020

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade whilstdriving. This could result in loss ofcontrol and an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

1

2

3

4 29

Features of your vehicle

D110100ACM

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way close.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

D110101AUN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed whilst the sunroof is closing automat-ically, it will reverse the direction, andthen stop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

D110200BUN

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OCM040030OUN026027OCM040023

Features of your vehicle

304

D110300AUN

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid.You will have to close it man-ually if you want it closed.

OHM048028

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend face, neck, arms orbody outside through the sunroofopening whilst driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• Whilst using sunroof for a longtime, a dust between sunroof androof panel can make a noise.Open the sunroof and removeregularly the dust using cleancloth.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilstthe sunroof is open.

4 31

Features of your vehicle

D110500AFD

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and close the sunroof com-pletely.

2. Release the control button.3. Tilt the sunroof by pressing the TILT-

UP button.4. Release the control button.5. Press and hold the TILT-UP button

until the sunroof tilt and slightly movesup and down. Then, release the but-ton.

6. Press and hold the TILT-UP buttonuntil the sunroof is operated as fol-lows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control button.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contacta HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may operateimproperly.

Features of your vehicle

324

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below -10°C/14°F), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing the accelerator untilthe RPM reaches 1,500 rpm then releaseor let the engine idle for two or threeminutes to warm up the fluid.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,whilst permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme right or left for more than 5seconds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel for morethan 5 seconds in either positionmay cause damage to the powersteering pump.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel whilst driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

4 33

Features of your vehicle

To change the steering wheel angle, pullup or pull down the lock release lever (1),adjust the steering wheel to the desiredangle (2) and height (3, if equipped), thenrelease or pull up the lock-release leverto lock the steering wheel in place. Besure to adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OCM040034

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OCM040180R

OCM040033R

Type A

Type B

Features of your vehicle

344

D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to centre onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and whilst the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102AUN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OAM049023

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

Day

Night

4 35

Features of your vehicle

To operate the electric rearview mirror

• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn theautomatic dimming function on. The mir-ror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. The mir-ror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turned on.

Conversation mirror (if equipped)The mirror is a convenient feature to helpthe front passenger talk with rear pas-sengers without turning the head or bodyrearward.To use the mirror, push the cover andopen it. Adjust mirror angle to the desiredposition.Close the cover after use.

D140200AUN

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.OCM040035

OCM040036

Type A

Type B

Indicator Sensor

Indicator

SensorRearview display

OCM052151

WARNING Do not adjust the mirror angle ortalk with rear passengers for a longtime whilst driving. You may loseyour steering control and causesevere personal injury or acci-dents.

Features of your vehicle

364

Remote controlElectric type (if equipped)

The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent the inadvertentadjustment.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors whilst the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OCM040038R

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. In some countries, theleft outside rearview mirror isalso convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

4 37

Features of your vehicle

D140202AFD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual type

To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

Electric type (if equipped)

To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button.To unfold it, depress the button again.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate whilst the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OCM040040R

CAUTIONIn case of the electric type of out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause the failure ofthe motor.

OEN046215/H

Features of your vehicle

384

D150000AFD

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Engine temperature gauge3. Fuel gauge4. Speedometer5. Turn signal indicators6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)7. Odometer/Trip computer (if equipped)

OCM040050A/OCM040051A

Type A

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more details refer to the "Gauges" in

the next pages.

Type B

4 39

Features of your vehicle

D150100AFD

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.The instrument cluster illumination intensitycan be adjusted by rotating the control knobwith the headlight switch in any positionwhen the ignition switch is in ON position.

GaugesD150201AUN

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and kilometers per hour.

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

OCM052056R OCM040053A

OCM040055

OCM040055L

Type A Petrol Diesel

Type B Petrol Diesel

Features of your vehicle

404

The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OCM040057

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

Type A Type B

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

4 41

Features of your vehicle

D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205ACM

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select odmeter, tripmeter A or Bas follows:

* if equipped

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

OCM040058

Type A Type B

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, it couldcause the engine to misfire andresult in excessive loading of thecatalytic converter.

OCM040071R

TRIP A→ TRIP B→ Odometer→ ECO ON/OFF*

Features of your vehicle

424

Odometer (km or mi)

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden that alteration of theodometer of any vehicle with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may void yourwarranty coverage.

Tripmeter (km or mi)

The tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trip selected by the driver.Tripmeter can be reset to 0 by pressingthe RESET button for 1 second or more,and then releasing.

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECO ON mode, ECOOFF is displayed in the screen and theECO indicator turns off whilst driving.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the RESET button morethan 1 second in the ECO OFF modeand then ECO ON mode is displayed inthe screen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to tripmeter.

OCM040060 OHD040550

4 43

Features of your vehicle

Tripmeter B*

Average speed*

Outside thermometer*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty*

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

* if equipped

D150206AFD

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,such as odometer, tripmeter, distance toempty, average speed, average fuel con-sumption and instant fuel consumptionon the display when the ignition switch isin the ON position. All stored drivinginformation (except odometer, distanceto empty and instant fuel consumption) isreset if the battery is disconnected.

Odometer (km or mi.)

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

OCM040060

ECO ON/OFF*

OCM040061R

Type A

Type B

Features of your vehicle

444

Tripmeter (km or mi.)

TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to empty (if equipped) (km or mi.)

This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to999 miles (50 to 999 km).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)(l/100 km or MPG)

This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (--.-).

OCM040062R

Type A

Type B

OCM040063A

Type A

Type B

OCM040063R

Type COCM040065A

Type A

Type B

OCM040065R

Type C

4 45

Features of your vehicle

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)(l/100 km or MPG)

This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 litres (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average speed (if equipped)(km/h or MPH)

This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going whilst theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

OCM040066A

Type A

Type B

OCM040066R

Type COCM040067A

Type A

Type B

OCM040067R

Type C

Features of your vehicle

464

Outside thermometer (if equipped)

This mode indicates the outside temper-ature around the vehicle.The meter's working range is from -40°Cto 75°C (-40°F to 167°F).To change the outside temperature dis-play unit (°C ↔ °F), press the RESETbutton more than 5 seconds in this mode.

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)

You can turn the ECO indicator on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the RESET button more than1 second in the ECO ON mode, ECOOFF is displayed in the screen and theECO indicator turns off whilst driving.If you want to display the ECO indicatoragain, press the RESET button morethan 1 second in the ECO OFF modeand then ECO ON mode is displayed inthe screen.When you press the TRIP button lessthan 1 second in the ECO mode, themode is changed to tripmeter.

D150300AFD

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

OCM040070

OXM040069

Type A

OCM040226L

Type B

Type A

Type B

4 47

Features of your vehicle

D150301BCM

ECO indicator (if equipped)

The ECO indicator is a system thatinforms you to drive economically.It is displayed if you drive fuel efficientlyto help you improve fuel efficiency.• The ECO indicator (green) will turn on

when you are driving fuel efficiently inthe ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theRESET button.As per ECO ON/OFF Mode operation,refer to the previous page.

• The fuel-efficiency can be changed bythe driver's driving habit and road con-dition.

• It doesn't work at the condition whichdoesn't meet economical driving suchas P (Park), N (Neutral), R (Reverse)or sports mode.

Active ECO system (Diesel only, if equipped)

When the active ECO is operating theECO indicator is green.For more detailed information, refer to“Active ECO” in chapter 5.

D150302AFD

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIRBAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whilstdriving, have the SRS inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

ECO

WARNINGDon't keep watching the indicatorwhilst driving. It will distract youwhilst driving and cause an acci-dent that results in severe personalinjury.

Features of your vehicle

484

D150335AFD

Passenger’s front air bagOFF indicator(if equipped)

The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position.The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator also comes on when the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is setto OFF position and turns off when thepassenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchis set to ON position.

D150303AFD

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on whilst driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning light

If two warning lights illuminate at thesame time whilst driving, your vehiclemay have a malfunction with ABS andEBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer as soon as possible.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer as soon as possible.

CAUTIONIf there is a malfunction of the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the passenger’s front airbag OFF indicator will not illumi-nate and the passenger’s front airbag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if the passenger’sfront air bag ON/OFF switch is setto OFF position.If this occurs, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch and the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.

4 49

Features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning andchime (if equipped)

Seat belt warning light

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink or illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.For details, refer to the seat belt on chap-ter 3.

D150305AFD

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your repairer should be con-sulted for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light on indicator (if equipped)

The indicator illuminates when the taillights or headlights are ON.

D150307AFD

Engine oil pressure warn-ing

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates whilst driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped immedi-ately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

Features of your vehicle

504

D150350AFD

Engine oil level warninglight (Diesel engine,if equipped)The engine oil level warning light illumi-nates when the engine oil level should bechecked.If the warning light comes on, check theengine oil level as soon as possible andadd engine oil as required.Slowly pour the recommended oil little bylittle into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity :approximately 0.6 ~ 1.0 l)Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto "Recommended lubricants and capac-ities" in section 8.)Do not overfill the engine oil to ensurethe oil level is not above F mark on thedipstick.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you travel approximately 30 miles

(50 km) after adding the engine oil,the warning light will go off.

• Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3times within 10 seconds, the warninglight will go off immediately. However,when you turn off the warning lightwithout adding the engine oil, the lightwill come on again after travellingapproximately 30 miles (50 km).

CAUTIONIf the light comes on continuouslyafter adding the engine oil and trav-elling approximately 30 miles (50km), take your vehicle to your near-est HYUNDAI authorised repairerand have the system checked.Even if this light doesn't come onafter the engine has started, theengine oil should be checked andsupplied periodically.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on whilst the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on whilst the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairerbefore the car is driven again.

4 51

Features of your vehicle

D150308AFD

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning

This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhilst you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

TPMS (Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem) indicator (if equipped)Low tyre pressure telltale

Low tyre pressure position telltale

The low tyre pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the "ON" position.The low tyre pressure and position tell-tales illuminate when one or more of yourtyres is significantly underinflated.The low tyre pressure telltale will illumi-nate after it blinks for approximately oneminute when there is a problem with theTyre Pressure Monitoring System.If this occurs, have the system checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chapter 6.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

Features of your vehicle

524

D150312ACM

Shift patternindicators(if equipped)

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.(P, R, N-D and sports mode)

Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired whilst driving to save fuel.For example

: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rdgear is desired (currently the shiftlever is in the 2nd gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the3rd gear is desired (currently theshift lever is in the 4th gear).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the system is not working proper-ly, up/down arrow indicator and gear isnot displayed.

• Type A • Type B

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

4 53

Features of your vehicle

D150313AFD

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on whilst thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer correct the prob-lem as soon as possible.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

Immobiliser indicator (if equipped)

Without smart key system

This indicator illuminates when theimmobiliser key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Theindicator goes out after the engine is run-ning.If this indicator blinks when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position before start-ing the engine, have the system checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Features of your vehicle

544

With smart key system

If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immo-biliser indicator illuminates, blinks orgoes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC or ON position, the indicatorwill illuminate for approximately 30seconds to indicate that you are able tostart the engine. However, when thesmart key is not in the vehicle, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink for afew seconds to indicate that you arenot be able to start the engine.

• If the indicator illuminates only for 2seconds and goes out when theENGINE START/STOP button isturned to ON position with the smartkey in the vehicle, have the systemchecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

• When the battery is weak, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink and youare not able to start the engine.However, you are able to start theengine by inserting the smart key inthe smart key holder. Also, if the smartkey system related parts have a prob-lem, the indicator will blink.

D150318AFD

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator (if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320ACM

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates whilst driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emission con-trol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few seconds afterthe engine is started. If it illuminateswhilst driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestHYUNDAI authorised repairer and havethe system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer promptly.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

4 55

Features of your vehicle

ESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) indicator(if equipped)

The ESP indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.When the ESP is on, it monitors thedriving conditions. Under normal drivingconditions, the ESP indicator will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESP will oper-ate, and the ESP indicator will blink toindicate the ESP is operating.But, if the ESP system malfunctions theindicator illuminates and stays on. Takeyour vehicle to a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and have the system checked.

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESP OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,press the ESP OFF button. The ESPOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESP is deactivated.

CAUTION - Diesel engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light blinks,some error related to the injectionquantity adjustment occurs whichcould result in loss of enginepower, combustion noise and pooremission. Have the Engine ControlSystem inspected as soon as pos-sible by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

CAUTION - Diesel engine(if equipped with DPF)

When the malfunction indicatorlight is blinks, it may stop blinkingafter driving the vehicle at morethan 37 mph (60km/h) or at morethan second gear with 1500 ~ 2000engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).If the malfunction indicator lightcontinues to be blinked in spite ofthe procedure, please visit aHYUNDAI authorised repairer andthen check the DPF system.If you continue to drive with themalfunction indicator light blinkingfor a long time, the DPF system canbe damaged and fuel consumptioncan be worsen.

CAUTION - Petrol engineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power. Havethe Engine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Features of your vehicle

564

Cruise indicator(if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON-OFF button is pushed again.For more information about the use ofcruise control, refer to “Cruise controlsystem” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (-SET or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control switch (-SET or RES+) ispushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened whilst theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

D150328AFD

Glow indicator (Diesel engine)

The indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is placed at the ON posi-tion. The engine can be started after thepreheat indicator light goes off. The illu-minating time varies with the water tem-perature, air temperature and batterycondition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine was not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

CAUTIONIf the preheat indicator light contin-ues to illuminate or flash on and offafter the engine has warmed up orwhilst driving, check the system bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

SET

CRUISE

• Type A • Type B

4 57

Features of your vehicle

D150329AFD

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is set to theON position and then it will go out. If itlights up whilst the engine is running, itindicates that water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter. If this happens,remove the water from the fuel filter. Formore Information, refer to “Fuel filter” insection 7.

4WD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the 4WD indicator will illumi-nate and then go off in a few seconds.If the 4WD system warning light illuminates, this indicates that there is amalfunction in the 4WD system. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer as soon aspossible.

4WD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the 4WD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this 4WD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on wet pavement, snow-covered roads and/or off-road. The 4WDLOCK indicator light is turned off bypushing the button again.

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning light isilluminated, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease.If you keep driving with the warninglight on, you can damage your vehi-cle's engine parts and injection sys-tem of the Common Rail. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repaireras soon as possible.

CAUTIONDo not use 4WD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or motorway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage of4WD related parts.

Features of your vehicle

584

LCD display warning (if equipped)Key is not in vehicle

If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in theACC, ON, or START position, the warn-ing illuminates on the LCD display. Also,the chime sounds for 5 seconds whenthe smart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected

If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobiliser indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

Low key battery

If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the OFF position when the smart keyin the vehicle discharges, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds. Also, the warning chimesounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine

If the ENGINE START/STOP button turnsto the ACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressing thebrake pedal, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

Shift to "P" position

If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will turn tothe ACC position. If the button is pressedonce more it will turn to the ON position.The warning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for about 10 seconds to indicate thatyou should press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shift leverin the P (Park) position to turn off theengine.Also, the warning chime sounds for about10 seconds. (if equipped)

Remove key

When you turn off the engine with thesmart key in the smart key holder, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the smart keyholder light blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

Insert key

If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton whilst "Key is not detected" illumi-nates on the LCD display, the warning“Insert key” illuminates for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the immobiliser indicator andthe key holder light blinks for about 10seconds.

4 59

Features of your vehicle

Press start button again

If you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally or the theft alarm system is armed.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer and have the systemchecked.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine

If you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P(Park) or N(Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N(Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P(Park) position.

Press start button whilst turn steering

If the steering wheel does not unlock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is pressed, the warning illumi-nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display.Also, the warning chime sounds onceand the ENGINE START/STOP buttonlight blinks for 10 seconds.When you are warned, press theENGINE START/STOP button whilstturning the steering wheel right and left.

Check steering wheel lock

If the steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton turns to the OFF position, thewarning illuminates for 10 seconds onthe LCD display. Also, the warning chimesounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINESTART/STOP button light blinks for 10seconds.

Door open ! (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when a door isnot closed securely.The indicator displays which door isopened.

Front Left Low Tire pressure (if equipped)

Front Right Low Tire pressure

Rear Left Low Tire pressure

Rear Right Low Tire pressure (if equipped)

The low tyre pressure position telltalelight will indicate which tyre is significant-ly under-inflated.

Low Fuel ! (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty.

Features of your vehicle

604

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 47 in. (120cm) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101ACM

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over6 mph (10 km/h), the system may notbe activated correctly.

• The sensing distance whilst the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 47 in. (120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AEN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120

cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040101

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhilst backing up.

Sensors

4 61

Features of your vehicle

D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in.(1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in.(14 cm) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

Features of your vehicle

624

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400AFD

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer as soon as possible.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040110

OCM040090N/H

Type B (if equipped)OCM040090R

Type A

Rearview display

Rearview display

4 63

Features of your vehicle

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position. This system is a sup-plemental system that shows behind thevehicle through the rearview display mir-ror whilst backing-up.

Type A

The rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button when therearview camera is activated. To turn thecamera on again, press the ON/OFF but-ton again when the ignition switch is onand the shift lever in R (Reverse). Also,the camera will turn on automaticallywhenever the ignition switch is turned offand on again.

Type B (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) system,rearview display will show behind thevehicle through the AVN monitor whilstbacking-up.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsibil-ity of the driver to always checkthe inside/outside rearview mirrorand the area behind the vehiclebefore and whilst backing upbecause there is a dead zone thatcan't see through the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

OCM040111R

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

Features of your vehicle

644

D190100BUN

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401AUN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

LIGHTING

OCM040120R OCM040121R

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver’s door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate. Therefore, itcauses the battery to be dis-charged. In this case, make sure toturn off the lamp before getting outof the vehicle.

4 65

Features of your vehicle

D190402AUN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

CAUTION• Never place anything over the

sensor (1) located on the instru-ment panel, this will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windscreen, the Autolight system may not work prop-erly.

OCM040122R OCM040123R

Features of your vehicle

664

D190500AUN

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time whilst the engine is notrunning.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating.They will self-cancel after a turn is com-pleted. If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever tothe OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

OCM040125R OCM040124R OCM040126R

4 67

Features of your vehicle

If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

D190700AFD

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch is pushed (the indicator on thebutton will illuminate) after the parklight isturned on.

To turn off the fog lights, push the switchagain.

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

OCM040227R

OCM040228R

Type A

Type B

Features of your vehicle

684

D190800AFD

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn theheadlight switch to the headlight on posi-tion and push the rear fog light switch(the indicator on the button will illumi-nate).The rear fog lights turn on when the rearfog light switch is turned on after the frontfog light switch is turned on and theheadlight switch to the parklight position.To turn the rear fog lights off, push therear fog light switch again or turn theheadlight switch off.

D190900AUN

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The parklight switch is ON.2. Engine stops.

D191000AFD

Headlight levelling device (if equipped)To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam levellingswitch.The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper levelling position, or head-lights may dazzle other road users.

OCM051028ROCM051019R

4 69

Features of your vehicle

Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjust theswitch position so that the beam levelmay be the nearest as the conditionobtained according to the list.

Headlight washer (if equipped)To operate the headlight washer, turn onthe headlight washer switch. It will oper-ate when the tail lights or headlights areON and the ignition switch is in the ONposition. The washer fluid will spray onthe headlights.Also, if you pull the wiper lever towardsyou when the headlights are on, theheadlight washer will operate. (ifequipped)

✽✽ NOTICE• Check the headlight washers periodi-

cally to confirm that the washer fluidis being sprayed properly onto theheadlight lenses.

• The headlight washer may not worktemporarily if it freezes after a carwash, rain or snow in the winter. Butit will work normally after it defrosts.

Loading condition

Driver only

Driver + Front passenger

Driver + Front passenger

+ 3rd row passenger*

Full passengers

(including driver)

Full passengers (including

driver) + Maximum per-

missible loading

Driver + Maximum per-

missible loading

Switch position

0

0

1

1

2

3

* if equipped

OCM040127R

Features of your vehicle

704

A : Wiper speed control· – Single wipe· O – Off· --- / AUTO* – Intermittent wipe/ Auto

control wipe (*)· 1 – Normal wiper speed· 2 – Fast wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto control wipetime adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Spraying washer fluid· – Normal wipe operation· O – Off· – Wash with brief wipes

* if equipped

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OCM040128R-1/OCM040129R-1

Windscreen wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer(if equipped)

AUTO*/

4 71

Features of your vehicle

D200100ACM

Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

: For a single wiping cycle, push thelever upward and release it withthe lever in the OFF (O) position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushed upwardand held.

O : Wiper is not in operation.--- : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use this modein a light rain or mist. To vary thespeed setting, turn the speed controlknob.

1 : Normal wiper speed2 : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windscreen, defrost thewindscreen for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windscreen wipers toensure proper operation.

D200101AFD

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windscreen glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates.When the rain stops, the wiper stops. Tovary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the ignition switch is turned ON whenthe wiper switch is set in AUTO mode, orthe wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, or thespeed control knob is turned upwardwhen the wiper switch is in AUTO mode,the wiper will operate once to perform aself-check of the system. Set the wiper toO position when the wiper is not in use.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windscreen wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windscreen glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindscreen glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-screen glass.

OCM040131R-2

Rain sensor

Features of your vehicle

724

D200200AFD

Windscreen washers In the O position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindscreen and to run the wipers 1-3cycles. Use this function when the wind-screen is dirty. The spray and wiper oper-ation will continue until you release thelever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windscreen washerfluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thedriver side.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the O position tostop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode whilst washing the vehicle. Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windscreen glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the O posi-tion. Otherwise, wipers may operateand ice may damage the wind-screen wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windscreen properly prior tooperating the windscreen wipers.

OCM040133R-1

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windscreen with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windscreen andobscure your vision.

4 73

Features of your vehicle

D200300AFD

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wiping- Normal wiper operation

O - Wiper is not in operation- Spraying washer fluid and wiping

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windscreen, do notoperate the wipers when thewindscreen is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OCM040132R-1

Features of your vehicle

744

D210000AUN

D210100AFD

Map lamp (if equipped)Push in the map lamp button to turn thelight on or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a map lampat night or as a personal lamp for thedriver and the passenger.

Room lamp The light will turn on and off as follow ifthe switch is pressed or moved.• OFF : The light stays off at all times.• ON : The light stays on at all times.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OCM052077

OCM052081

Rear (if equipped)

Front

OCM040079

OXM049132

Type B

Type A

4 75

Features of your vehicle

• DOOR : The light comes on when anydoor (or tailgate) is openedregardless of the ignition switchposition. When doors areunlocked by the transmitter (orsmart key), the light comes onfor approximately 30 secondsas long as any door is notopened. The light goes outgradually after approximately30 seconds if the door isclosed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors arelocked, the light will turn offimmediately.If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the light stayson for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is openedwith the ignition switch in theON position, the light stays oncontinuously.

D210300ACM

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)• OFF : The light stays off at all times.• ON : The light stays on at all times.• DOOR : The luggage room lamp comes

on when the tailgate is opened.

Door courtesy lamp (if equipped)The door courtesy lamp comes ON whenthe door is opened to assist entering orexiting the vehicle. It also serves as awarning to passing vehicles that the vehi-cle door is open.

OXM049136 OCM040134/H

Features of your vehicle

764

D210500AUN

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OEN046081/HOCM040179/H

4 77

Features of your vehicle

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog on thefront windscreen, refer to “WindscreenDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AUN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,whilst engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the centre facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AUN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side mirror defrosters, they will operate atthe same time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the wiperdeicer, it will operate at the same timeyou turn on the rear window defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OCM040135

Features of your vehicle

784

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040200

1. Fan speed control knob2. Mode selection button3. Air intake control button4. Air conditioning button (if equipped)5. Temperature control knob6. Front windscreen defroster button7. Rear window defroster button

4 79

Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

❈❈ 2nd row outlet vents (E)• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents

is controlled by the front climate controlsystem and delivered through theinside air duct of the front doors. If thedoor is open or not closed completely,the air flow of the 2nd row outlet vent isnot delivered properly. Make sure thefront doors are closed completely.

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet ventsmay be weaker than the instrumentpanel vents for the long air duct in thefront doors.

• Close the air vents in cold weather.Theair flow of the 2nd row outlet vents maycool a little during heating operation.(Use the 2nd row outlet vents duringcooling operation.)

OCM040223R

Features of your vehicle

804

Mode selectionThe mode buttons control the direction ofthe air flow through the ventilation sys-tem.Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windscreen. Five symbols areused to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F, G)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, F, G, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windscreen and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windscreen with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindscreen with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OCM040141

4 81

Features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

Air intake control The air intake control is used to selectthe outside (fresh) air position or recircu-lated air position.To change the air intake control position,press the control button.

OCM052155OCM040142R OCM052154

Features of your vehicle

824

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause foggingof the windscreen and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

WARNING• Continue using the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continue using the climate con-trol system in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible whilst driv-ing.

OCM040206

4 83

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windscreen fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes fromentering the vehicle through the venti-lation system, temporarily set the airintake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windscreen. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-screen, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

OCM052157

Features of your vehicle

844

D230503AFD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely whilst driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

4 85

Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AFD

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windscreen even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, the system should bechecked at a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

Features of your vehicle

864

D230400AFD

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

4 87

Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM040208L/OCM040150R/OXM049141

1. A/C display2. AUTO (automatic control) button3. Front blower OFF button4. Air conditioning button*5. Passenger's temperature control knob6. Front fan speed control switch7. Air intake control button8. Driver's temperature control knob9. Mode selection button10. Dual temperature control selection

button11. Front windscreen defroster button12. Rear window defroster button13. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF but-

ton* (controlled from the front)14. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed

control switch** if equipped

Type A Type B

3rd row air conditioning control (if equipped)

Features of your vehicle

884

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature switch to thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windscreen defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually whilst other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 22°C/71°F (23°C/73°F-Except Europe).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OCM052098 OCM040218/H

4 89

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pressing buttonsor turning knob(s) other than the AUTObutton. In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons or knob(s) selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windscreen and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windscreen with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OCM052104

Features of your vehicle

904

Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindscreen with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OCM040151 OCM052101OCM040142R

4 91

Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually

1. Press the DUAL button to operate thedriver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Also, if the passenger sidetemperature control switch is operat-ed, it will automatically change to theDUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the right temperature controlto adjust the driver side temperature.Operate the left temperature control toadjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally

1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver side.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol switch. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversion

You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol-lows:Whilst pressing the MODE button, pressthe DUAL button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Centigradeto Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit toCentigrade.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F ~ 140°F).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

OCM052148 OCM040152

Features of your vehicle

924

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windscreen and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

OCM040153

4 93

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by operating the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed, press ( ) theswitch for higher speed, or push ( ) theswitch for lower speed. To turn the fanspeed control off, press the front blowerOFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OCM040154 OCM052103

WARNING• Continue using the climate control

system in the recirculated air posi-tion may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continue using the climate controlsystem in the recirculated air posi-tion can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible whilst driving.

Features of your vehicle

944

OFF modePress the front blower OFF button to turnoff the front air climate control system.However, you can still operate the modeand air intake buttons as long as the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

3rd row air conditioning (if equipped)To turn on the 3rd row air conditioningcontrol system 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning

ON/OFF button located on the frontclimate control panel and set the fanspeed to the desired speed with the3rd row fan speed switch. (indicatorlight on the ON/OFF button ( ) willilluminate).

2. To turn off the 3rd row air conditioningcontrol system, press the 3rd row airconditioning ON/OFF button ( ) oncemore located on the front climate con-trol panel or set the fan speed to theOFF position with the 3rd row fanspeed switch (indicator light on theON/OFF button ( ) is not illuminat-ed).

OCM052099 OCM040217R

4 95

Features of your vehicle

• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whilstdefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windscreen, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the bonnetand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windscreen.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically. If the position isselected, air conditioning will also beselected automatically.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selected auto-matically, press the corresponding buttonmanually.

WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OCM040160

WARNING - Windscreenheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windscreencould cause the outer surface ofthe windscreen to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection to the posi-tion and fan speed control to thelower speed.

Features of your vehicle

964

To defrost outside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient tem-perature and outside (fresh) air posi-tion will be selected automatically.

If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, adjust the corresponding button man-ually. If the position is selected,lower fan speed is adjusted to a higherfan speed.

To defrost outside windscreen 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

OCM040162 OCM040163OCM040161

4 97

Features of your vehicle

Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of fogging upthe inside of the windscreen, the airintake or air conditioning are controlledautomatically according to certain condi-tions such as or position. Tocancel or return to the defogging logic,do the following.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. Whilst pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button (Recirculated air button) atleast 5 times within 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OCM040165

Features of your vehicle

984

D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

D270100AFD

Centre console storage (if equipped)These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the centre console storage, pullup the lever.

Console box cooling (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems warm or cool using the open/closelever of the vent installed in the centreconsole box.

1. Turn on the fan control switch.2. Set the air flow control to the face

( ) or bi-level ( ) position.3. Turn the open/close lever of the vent

installed in the centre console box tothe open position.(1) ON(2) OFF

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whilstdriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OCM040224 OCM052149

(2)

(1)

4 99

Features of your vehicle

4. Set the temperature control to warm orcool.

When the cool box is not used, turn thelever to its closed position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhilst using the cooling function, asmall amount of condensed moisturecould damage your pieces of paper.

D270200AFD

Glove box The glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key (if equipped).To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

OCM040214R

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhilst driving.

OCM052130

Features of your vehicle

1004

D270400AFD

Multi box (if equipped)To open the cover, pull up the lever orcover. It can be used for storing smallitems. D270500AFD

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle,tools, etc. in the box for easy access. Graspthe handle on the top of the cover and lift it.

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhilst the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OCM040215

OCM040216E

Front

Rear (if equipped)OCM040219

OCM040225E

Type A

Type B (if equipped)

4 101

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES

D280100AFD

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

D280200AFD

Ashtray

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OCM040168R

Features of your vehicle

1024

Type A

The front ashtray may be opened bypressing the ashtray lid.To clean the ash-tray, the plastic receptacle should beremoved by lifting the plastic ash recep-tacle upward and pulling it out.

Type B

To use the ashtray, open the cover.To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.

D280300AUN

Cup holder

OCM052127 OCM040210

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilstthe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhilst the vehicle is in motion.

4 103

Features of your vehicle

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest and push the open button.Close the cover after use.

D280400AFD

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (3)*.To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).The ticket holder (5)* is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket.

OCM040170R

*

*

*: if equipped

OCM052131

Front

OCM040213

Rear (if equipped)OCM052132

Centre (if equipped)

Features of your vehicle

1044

D280500AUN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge.

OCM040171R

OCM040172

OCM029123K

Centre (if equipped)

Front

Rear (if equipped)

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

4 105

Features of your vehicle

D280600AUN

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601AUN

HOUR (1)Pressing the “H” button will advancethe time displayed by one hour.

D280602AUN

MINUTE (2)Pressing the “M” button will advancethe time displayed by one minute.

D280603AUN

RESET (3, if equipped)To clear away minutes, press the “R”button with your finger, a pencil or sim-ilar object. Then the clock will be setprecisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed whilst the time is between9:01 and 9:29, the display will be resetto 9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock whilst driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OCM040173

OCM040173L

Type A

Type B

Features of your vehicle

1064

D280604AUN

Display conversion:Type A

To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the “R” button formore than 4 seconds.For example, if the “R” button ispressed for more than 4 seconds whilstthe time is 10:15 p.m., the display willbe changed to 22:15.

Type B

To change the 24 hour format to the 12hours format (if equipped), whilstpressing the “H” button, press the “M”button for 3 seconds or more. Forexample, if the “H” and “M” buttons arepressed for more than 3 seconds whilstthe time is 22:15, the display willchange to 10:15.

D281400BFD

Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D280800AUN

Clothes hanger (if equipped)To use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

OCM040177R OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

4 107

Features of your vehicle

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

D281000AFD

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your HYUNDAIauthorised repairer to obtain a luggagenet.

OCM052133-1

OXM049228

OCM039200N

Type A

Type C

Type B

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle’sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle’s floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT – Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver’s sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that onlythe HYUNDAI floor mat designedfor use in your vehicle beinstalled.

Features of your vehicle

1084

D281100AFD

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

To use the cargo security screen, pull thehandle backward and insert the edgesinto the slots.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGTo avoid eye injury, DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net. ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse the luggage net when the straphas visible signs of wear or dam-age.

OXM049219OXM049218

4 109

Features of your vehicle

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area. (if equipped)

OXM049220

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.

Features of your vehicle

1104

EXTERIOR FEATURES

D290100AFD

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,be sure not to position cargo onto theroof rack in such a way that it couldinterfere with sunroof operation.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The vehicle centre of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt manoeuvres or highspeeds that may result in loss ofvehicle control or rollover result-ing in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo whilst driving, check fre-quently before or whilst driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OCM040175

4 111

Features of your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

AntennaD300102BFD

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove surely the antenna byrotating it counterclockwise. Ifnot, the antenna may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be folded orremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OCM040212

Type A Type B

Features of your vehicle

1124

D300200AFD

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

MODE (1)Press the button to select Radio, Tape (ifequipped) or CD (compact disc).

SEEK ( / ) (2)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC mode

It will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

VOL (+ / -) (3)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decrease

volume.

MUTE (4, if equipped)• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

OCM040176

4 113

Features of your vehicle

D300800AFD

How car audio worksAM (MW, LW) and FM radio signals arebroadcast from transmitter towers locat-ed around your city. They are interceptedby the radio antenna on your car. Thissignal is then received by the radio andsent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM (MW, LW) broadcasts can bereceived at greater distances than FMbroadcasts. This is because AM (MW,LW) radio waves are transmitted at lowfrequencies. These long, low frequencyradio waves can follow the curvature ofthe earth rather than travelling straightout into the atmosphere. In addition, theycurve around obstructions so that theycan provide better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

JBM001 JBM002

FM reception AM (MW, LW) reception

JBM003

FM radio station

Features of your vehicle

1144

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a mobile phone or a two-way radio When a mobile phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use themobile phone at a place as far as possi-ble from the audio equipment.

JBM004 JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a mobile phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a mobile phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a mobile phone when youare driving. You must stop at a safeplace to use a mobile phone.

4 115

Features of your vehicle

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files without permission.Use CDs that are created only by lawfulmeans.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centrehole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe centre to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

Features of your vehicle

1164

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL■ PA910

■ PA960

1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. FM Selection Button

3. AM Selection Button

4. Automatic Channel Selection Button

5. Preset Button

6. AST(AUTO STORE Button)

7. SETUP Button

8. Manual Channel Selector & Sound

Quality Control Knob

9. TA Selection Button

10. PTY(FLDR) Button

4 117

Features of your vehicle

1. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITH is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left,decreases the volume.• Press this button to turn the audio sys-

tem ON or OFF.• Depending on the model if the ignition

switch is not on ACC or ON position.the “Battery Discharge” warningappears on LCD after 10 seconds ofpower-up, and automatically turns offafter 1 hours of operation.

• Adjusts the volume of the car audiosystem. Rotate clockwise to increasethe volume or counterclockwise todecrease.

2. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.❈ May change in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟

FMA in some models.

3. AM Selection ButtonPressing the [AM] button selects the AMband. AM Mode is displayed on the LCD.❈ May change in order of AM1 ➟ AMA in

some models.

4. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button ispressed, it increases the band fre-quency to automatically select chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

• When the [TRACK ] button is press-ed, it reduces the band frequency toautomatically select channel. Stops atthe previous frequency if no channel isfound.

5. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.

6. AST(AUTO STORE Button)When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons[1]~[6] and plays the channel saved inPRESET1. If no channel is saved afterAST, it will play the previous channel.• Saves only to the Preset memory

(1)~(6) of FMA or AMA mode in somemodels.

7. SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SCROLLoption and the other adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode. (After entering SETUPmode, move between items using theleft, right and PUSH functions of the[TUNE] knob.)

■ PA910The setup change in the order ofSCROLL ↔ SDVC ↔ AF ↔ NEWS ↔RETURN ↔ P.BASS ↔ TA VOL ↔REGION...

Features of your vehicle

1184

■ PA960 The setup changes in the order ofSCROLL ↔ SDVC ↔ AF ↔ TAVOL ↔REGION ↔ NEWS...

• SCROLL This funtion is used to display characterslonger than the LCD text display and canbe turned ON/OFF through the soundquality control knob.

• SDVC(Speed Dependent VolumeControl)

This funtion automatically adjusts the vol-ume level according to the speed of thevehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the sound quality control knob.

• POWER BASS(P.BASS)Based on psychoacoustic technology,this technology overcomes BASS limita-tions which may occur due to the limitednumber and size of speaker to offerdynamic BASS sound quality.It is possible to adjust in 3 levels of LOW/MID/HIGH. OFF ➟ LOW ➟ MID ➟ HIGH❈ MW, LW(depending on the model

AM, AMA) is not supperted.❈ May not be supported in some models.

8. Manual Channel Selector &Sound Quality Control Knob

Turn this control whilst listening to a radiochannel to manually adjust frequency.Turn clockwise to increase frequencyand counterclockwise to reduce frequen-cy.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, whilst to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound(frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized(rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated).When the control knob is turned counterclockwise, left speaker sound will beemphasized(right speaker sound will beattenuated).

9. TA Selection ButtonIn FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

10. PTY(FLDR) Button• Moves [FOLDER ] Button when

searching PTY in RDS BroadcastingProgram Type selection.

• Moves [PTY ] button when search-ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

4 119

Features of your vehicle

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. INFO Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD/AUX Selection Button

8. CD Indicator

9. Folder Moving Button

10. Search/ENTER Button

11. SCAN Play Button

12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button

CDP, AUX ■ PA910

■ PA960

Features of your vehicle

1204

1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12cmCD. If VCD, Data CD are loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to eject the CD during CD playback.This button is enabled when ignitionswitch is off.• ALL EJECT(CDC Only)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• CDDA : DISC TITLE ➟ DISC ARTIST

➟ TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACK ARTIST ➟TOTAL TRACK...

• MP3/WMA : FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟ARTIST ➟ ALBUME ➟ FOLDERNAME ➟ TOTAL FILE... (not displayedif the information is not available on theDISC.)

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

5. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than0.8 second to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a randomsequence.

• ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files ina disc are played back in the randomsequence.

6. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8second to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

4 121

Features of your vehicle

7. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from the othermode to play the sound from the auxiliaryplayer. If the CD is loaded, turns to CDmode, and if a device is connected toAUX then it toggles. CD ➟ AUX ➟ CD...when the button is pressed each time.(Itwill not turn to AUX if the auxiliary deviceis not connected) If no CD and auxiliarydevice is not connected, it displays "NOMedia" for 3 seconds and returns to theprevious mode.

8. CD Indicator(CDP Only)When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

9. Folder Moving Button• Moves [FOLDER ] button child fold-

er of the current folder and displays thefirst song in the folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move to the folder dis-played. It will play the first song in thefolder.

• Moves [CAT ], [PTY ], [FOLDER] button parent folder and displays

the first song in the folder. PressTUNE/ENTER knob to move to thefolder displayed.

10. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

11. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

12. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change Button Changes

disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button Changes

disc to the next disc.

13. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks. The last CD willplay. 10 seconds idle status will disableloading process.

Features of your vehicle

1224

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off whilst the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IFauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with human body or anyobject.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB devicecan be damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the externalUSB device when the engine isturned off or in another mode.

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is a dif-ference in the time taken forrecognition of the device, but thisis not a trouble Please wait for amoment.

• Do not use the USB device forother purposes than playingmusic files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)

4 123

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Mobile phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maylost whilst using this AUDIO, It isrecommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or mobile phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products asshown below.

Features of your vehicle

1244

1. INFO Selection Button

2. Track Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button

6. Folder Moving Button

7. Search/ENTER Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

USING USB ■ PA910

■ PA960

4 125

Features of your vehicle

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DIS-PLAY ➟ FILE NAME ➟ ... (Displays noinformation if the file has no song infor-mation.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the next-track. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RDM' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'ALL RDM' mode.• RDM : Only files in a folder are played

back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM : All files in a USB memory

are played back in the randomsequence.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RPT' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.• RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played

back.• FLD RPT : Only files in a folder are

repeatedly played back.

5. USB Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB. If no CDand auxiliary device is not connected, itdisplays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. Folder Moving Button• Moves [FOLDER ] button child fold-

er of the current folder and displays thefirst song in the folder. Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move to the folder dis-played. It will play the first song in thefolder.

• Moves [CAT ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed

7. Search/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

8. SCAN Selection ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device. Press the button once againto cancel scanning.

Features of your vehicle

1264

1. INFO Selection Button

2. Track Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. Category Selection Button

7. Search/ENTER Button

RUNNING iPod®

■ PA910

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

■ PA960

4 127

Features of your vehicle

In case the iPod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal on the lefthand side of the driver's seat. When theiPod is connected, the 'iPod' icon will bedisplayed on the top left corner of the dis-play screen.

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DIS-PLAY ➟ TITLE ➟ ... (Displays no infor-mation if the file has no song informa-tion.)

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

5. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod. If no CD andauxiliary device is not connected, it dis-plays "NO Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod. Tomove to(play) the category(song) dis-played, press the MENU(preset6). Youwill be able to search through the lowercategory of the selected category.The order of iPod's category is SONG,ALBUMES, ARTISTS, GENRES, andiPod.

7. Search/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs(category) next tothe song currently played(category in thesame level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs(cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

Features of your vehicle

1284

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset iPod. (Reset: Refer to iPodmanual)

• iPod may not operate normally on lowbattery.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connect-

ed, the system can be switched tothe AUX mode even without theiPod device and can cause noise.Disconnect iPod cable when youare not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used ataudio system, iPod cable has tobe separate from iPod device.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for iPod in order to operateiPod with the buttons on theaudio system. The PC cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withiPod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of iPod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof iPod.

(Continued)

5

Before driving / 5-3

Key positions / 5-4

Engine start/stop button / 5-8

Manual transaxle / 5-14

Automatic transaxle / 5-17

Four wheel drive (4WD) / 5-23

Brake system / 5-30

Cruise control system / 5-40

Active ECO system / 5-45

Economical operation / 5-46

Special driving conditions / 5-48

Winter driving / 5-52

Trailer towing / 5-56

Vehicle weight / 5-65

Driving your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

25

E010000AFD

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust gases are potentially lethal. If at any time engine exhaust gas is detected within the passenger compartment,move the vehicle to an open area and open all windows.

• Never inhale exhaust gas.Exhaust gases contain Carbon Monoxide which is colourless and odourless. Carbon Monoxide is poisonous and can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

• Exhaust System Maintenance.Ensure that the exhaust system is maintained in good condition and is free from excessive corrosion and damage which mayresult in leakage. If the vehicle is driven over an object which strikes the exhaust system, ensure that the exhaust system isinspected at the first available opportunity to ensure that no leakage exists.

• Confined Areas.Do not run the engine in confined spaces, allowing the engine to idle in a garage, even when the doors are open is dangerouspractice. Only start the engine immediately prior to moving the vehicle out of the garage.

• Prolonged Idling.If it is necessary to allow the vehicle to idle for prolonged periods, ensure that the heating system air intake control is set to the"Fresh" position, the blower is set to high speed operation and that the vehicle is standing in an open area.

• Load Carrying.If it is necessary to carry long objects which do not permit the tailgate door to be fully closed, the side windows must remainclosed and the heating air intake control set to the "Fresh" position with the blower running at the highest speed setting.

To ensure correct operation of the heater system, the air intake grilles at the base of the windscreen must not be obstructed bysnow leaves etc.

5 3

Driving your vehicle

E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tyres.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting avehicle into “Drive” or “Reverse”. WARNING

When you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the motorway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving whilst under the influenceof drugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

Driving your vehicle

45

E030100AFD

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

E030202AFD

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key whilst turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

KEY POSITIONS

OCM050001 OCM050002

5 5

Driving your vehicle

E040000AUN

Starting the engine

✽✽ NOTICE - Kick down mecha-nism (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with a kickdown mechanism in the acceleratorpedal, it prevents you from driving atfull throttle unintentionally by makingthe driver require increased effort todepress the accelerator pedal. However,if you depress the pedal more thanapproximately 80%, the vehicle can beat full throttle and the accelerator pedalwill be easier to depress. This is not amalfunction but a normal condition.

E040100AUN

Starting the petrol engine(if equipped)1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear for themanual transaxle or P (Park) forthe automatic transaxle, set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel whilst the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move whilst driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

Driving your vehicle

65

E040101AUN

Starting the diesel engine(if equipped)

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhilst turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P(park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N(neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to pre-heat the engine. Then theglow indicator light will illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine were not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

W-60

Glow indicator lightCAUTIONIf the engine stalls whilst you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position whilst the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7

Driving your vehicle

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbo charger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.

Driving your vehicle

85

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Illuminated ENGINE START/STOPbuttonWhenever the front door is opened, theENGINE START/STOP button will illumi-nate for your convenience. The light willgo off after about 30 seconds when thedoor is closed. It will also go off immedi-ately when the theft-alarm system isarmed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

• With automatic transaxle

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion. When you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will notchange to the OFF position but to theACC position.Also, the steering wheel locks when theENGINE START/STOP button is in theOFF position to protect you against theft.It locks when the door is opened or whenyou pull out the smart key from the smartkey holder.

If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, have it checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.In addition, if the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the OFF position after the dri-ver's door is opened, the steering wheelwill not lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the steering wheel doesn't unlockproperly, the ENGINE START/STOPbutton will not work. Press the ENGINESTART/STOP button whilst turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasethe tension.

OCM050005

Not illuminated

5 9

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory)

• With automatic transaxle

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhilst it is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks and electri-cal accessories are operational.If the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent battery discharge.

ON

• With automatic transaxle

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhilst it is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe ENGINE START/STOP button in theON position for a long time. The batterymay discharge, because the engine isnot running.

Orange indicator Blue indicator

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off the engine(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),only when the vehicle is not inmotion. In an emergency situationwhilst the vehicle is in motion, you areable to turn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successively with-in 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still mov-ing, you can restart the engine with-out depressing the brake pedal bypressing the ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position.

Driving your vehicle

105

START/RUN

• With automatic transaxle

To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. Foryour safety, start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton without depressing the brakepedal for automatic transaxle vehicles,the engine will not start and the ENGINESTART/STOP button changes as follow:OFF ➔➔ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF or ACC

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton in the ACC or ON position for along time, the battery will discharge.

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE

START/STOP button whilst thevehicle is in motion. This wouldresult in loss of directional con-trol and braking function, whichcould cause an accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver's seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or any othercontrols through the steeringwheel whilst the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in the area couldcause loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver's seat as theymay move whilst driving, inter-fere with the driver and lead to anaccident.

Not illuminated

5 11

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine

✽✽ NOTICE - Kick down mecha-nism (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with a kickdown mechanism in the acceleratorpedal, it prevents you from driving atfull throttle unintentionally by makingthe driver require increased effort todepress the accelerator pedal. However,if you depress the pedal more thanapproximately 80%, the vehicle can beat full throttle and the accelerator pedalwill be easier to depress. This is not amalfunction but a normal condition.

Starting the petrol engine (if equipped)1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied.3. Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton.

5. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.

Starting the diesel engine (if equipped) To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton whilst depressing the brake pedal.

4. Continue depressing the brake pedaluntil the illuminated glow indicatorgoes off. (approximately 5 seconds)

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.

W-60

Glow indicator light

Driving your vehicle

125

5. The engine starts running when theglow indicator goes off.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed once more whilst the engine ispre-heating, the engine may start.

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engineimmediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbocharger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton is in the ACC position or above, ifany door is opened, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the " " indicator willblink or the warning "Key is not in vehi-cle" will illuminate on the LCD display.And if all doors are closed, the chimewill sound for 5 seconds. The indicatoror warning will turn off whilst the vehi-cle is moving. Always have the smartkey with you.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicletouch the ENGINE START/STOPbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine or tur-bocharger unit.

5 13

Driving your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder. When youpull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, press the smart key andpull it out.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you

can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 secondswhilst it is in the ACC position. Theengine can start without depressingthe brake pedal. But for your safetyalways depress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lampfuse is blown.

OCM050006R

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls whilst the vehi-cle is in motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P (Park)position. If the traffic and road con-ditions permit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhilst the vehicle is still movingand press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in an attempt to restart theengine.

Driving your vehicle

145

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.E050000AUN

E050100BUN

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whilstshifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal. (if equipped)The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward whilst moving the shift lever tothe R position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM050003

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilstmoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

5 15

Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant iswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),leave the shift lever at N(Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released whilst driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal whilst driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe vehicle on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the foot brake orparking brake to hold the vehicle on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or whilst driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labour.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travellingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, whilst waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedalwhilst the parking brake isreleased and the shift lever not inthe N(Neutral) position.

Driving your vehicle

165

E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoreverse. The transaxle can be dam-aged if you do not. To shift into reverse,depress the clutch, move the shift leverto neutral, wait three seconds, thenshift to the reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at motorway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 17

Driving your vehicle

E060000AUN

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OCM050010R

The shift lever can be moved freely.

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

Driving your vehicle

185

E060100AFD

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 6 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AFD

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 19

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) whilst the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) whilst thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) whilst the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle”, in this manu-al.

Driving your vehicle

205

Sports mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to

shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once

to shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)gear which is better for smooth driv-ing on a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shift backto the 1st gear.

E060102AFD

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

OCM050012R

SporSportstsmodemode

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and whilst shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.

5 21

Driving your vehicle

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:

Type A1. Press the shift-lock release button.2. Move the shift lever.3. Have your vehicle inspected by a

HYUNDAI authorised repairer immedi-ately.

Type B1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by a

HYUNDAI authorised repairer immedi-ately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)

The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

OCM050011R

OCM050017R

Type A

Type B

Driving your vehicle

225

E060200AFD

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into "P"when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thevehicle in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, shift to a lower gear.When you do this, engine braking willhelp slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AFD

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually whilst releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at motorway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 23

Driving your vehicle

Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.4WD is useful when extra traction isrequired on road, such as, when drivingon slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-coveredroads. These vehicles are not designedfor challenging off-road use. Occasionaloff-road use such as establishedunpaved roads and trails are OK. It isalways important when travelling off-motorway that the driver carefullyreduces the speed to a level that doesnot exceed the safe operating speed forthose conditions. In general, off-roadconditions provide less traction and brak-ing effectiveness than normal road con-ditions. The driver must be especiallyalert to avoid driving on slopes which tiltthe vehicle to either side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

Tight corner brake effect

Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of four-wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tyre rotationat the four wheels and the zero-degreealignment of the front wheels and sus-pension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Off road drivingThis vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it can oper-ate effectively off road. However, itwas not designed to drive in chal-lenging off-road conditions. Drivingin conditions that exceed the vehi-cle's intended design or the driver'sexperience level may result insevere injury or death.

CAUTION - 4WDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed whilst in four-wheel drive, steering control will bedifficult.

Driving your vehicle

245

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 19 mph (30 km/h) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO modeat speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), however, the transfermode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.

4WD AUTO

(4WD LOCK is

deactivated)(Indicator light is

not illuminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button (the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

• When driving in 4WD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the 4WD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

4WD LOCK

(Indicator light is

illuminated)

5 25

Driving your vehicle

For safe four-wheel drive opera-tion

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as straight as possible. Useextreme caution in going up or downsteep hills, since you may flip yourvehicle over depending on the grade,terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING - Four-wheeldriving

The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four-wheel drivemean all functions of your vehicleare exposed to extreme stress thanunder normal road conditions. Slowdown and be ready for changes inthe composition and traction of thesurface under your tyres. If youhave any doubt about the safety ofthe conditions you are facing, stopand consider the best way to pro-ceed. Do not exceed the ability ofyourself or your vehicle to operatesafely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2

Driving your vehicle

265

• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in a 4WD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in 4WD mode.For starters, you must drive more slow-ly in 4WD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in the water, stopyour vehicle, set your transfer to the4WD LOCK mode and drive at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

WARNING - Steeringwheel

Do not grab the inside of the steer-ing wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by asudden steering manoeuvre orfrom steering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher centre of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water can get intothe engine compartment and wetthe ignition system, causing yourvehicle to suddenly stop. If thishappens and your vehicle is in atilted position, your vehicle may rollover.

OCM050059

WARNING - 4WDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The centre of gravity of 4WDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast.

5 27

Driving your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water.Always wash your vehicle thoroughlyafter off road use, especially cleaningthe bottom of the vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the 4WD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tyres.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtyres of the same size and type.

• A full time four wheel drive vehiclecannot be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher centre of gravitythan ordinary vehicles. An advantage ofthe higher ground clearance is a betterview of the road, which allows you toanticipate problems. They are notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passenger vehi-cles, any more than low-slung sportsvehicles are designed to perform satis-factorily in off-road conditions. Due to thisrisk, driver and passengers are stronglyrecommended to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt manoeuvres, do not load yourroof rack with heavy cargo, and nevermodify your vehicle in any way.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the 4WD system.

WARNING - 4WD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

Driving your vehicle

285

WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhilst the full-time 4WD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tyres torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtyres touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward.

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tyresdesigned to provide safe ride andhandling capability. Do not use asize and type of tyre and wheel thatis different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to steering failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tyres, be sure to equip all fourtyres with the tyre and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tyre/wheel combina-tion not recommended byHYUNDAI for off road driving, youshould not use these tyres formotorway driving.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher centre of gravity thanordinary vehicles.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmanoeuvres.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.

5 29

Driving your vehicle

• Full-time 4WD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whilstperforming these tests.

• A full-time 4WD vehicle should not betested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WDroll tester must be used, perform thefollowing: 1. Check the tyre pressures recommend-

ed for your vehicle.2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle whilst the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

OCM051044LRoll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

Driving your vehicle

305

E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilst thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhilst maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilstthe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

5 31

Driving your vehicle

E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake Applying the parking brakeFoot type

To engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

OCM050015R

Driving your vehicle

325

Hand type

To engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then pull up the park-ing brake lever as far as possible.

In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on a incline, the shiftlever should be in a low gear on manualtransaxle vehicles or in the P (Park) posi-tion on automatic transaxle vehicles.

Releasing the parking brakeFoot type

To release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhilst applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position.

Hand type

To release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) whilst holding the button.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OCM050019/H OCM050016R OCM050020R

5 33

Driving your vehicle

If the parking brake does not release ordoes not release all the way, have thesystem checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whilstengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution whilst operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

E070300AFD

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

WARNINGABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving manoeuvres. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehicleequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tyre chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

W-75

Driving your vehicle

345

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESP) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 35

Driving your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

E070500AUN-EE

Electronic stability program (ESP)(if equipped)The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilize the vehi-cle during cornering manoeuvres. ESPchecks where you are steering andwhere the vehicle is actually going. ESPapplies the brakes at individual wheelsand intervenes in the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull yourvehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible.

W-78 OCM050008R

Driving your vehicle

365

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESP will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESP is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityProgram System is functioning proper-ly.

E070501AUN-EE

ESP operationESP ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESP is turned on.

• Press the ESP OFF button forat least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESP off. (ESP OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESP on, press the ESP OFFbutton (ESP OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESP per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability program(ESP) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmanoeuvres and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding manoeuvres thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESP installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

-

5 37

Driving your vehicle

When operating

When the ESP is in operation,ESP indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Program is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EE

ESP operation offESP OFF state

• To cancel ESP operation,press the ESP OFF button(ESP OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESPis off, ESP remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESP will automatically turn onagain. E070503BFD

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifthe ESP system is operating normally.The ESP indicator light blinks wheneverESP is operating or illuminates whenESP fails to operate.ESP OFF indicator light comes on whenthe ESP is turned off with the button.

■ ESP indicator light

■ ESP OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tyre or wheelsizes may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tyres,make sure they are the same size asyour original tyres.

Driving your vehicle

385

E070504AUN-EE

ESP OFF usageWhen driving

• The ESP should be turned on for dailydriving whenever possible.

• To turn ESP off whilst driving, pressthe ESP OFF button whilst driving on aflat road surface.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESP isturned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESP off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

E070600AFD

Good braking practices

• After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Programsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESP indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

WARNINGNever press the ESP OFF buttonwhilst ESP is operating (ESP indi-cator light blinks).If ESP is turned off whilst ESP isoperating, the vehicle may slip outof control.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

5 39

Driving your vehicle

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal whilst driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whilstyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the kerb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe kerb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no kerb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily whilst you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

Driving your vehicle

405

1. Cruise indicator2. Cruise set indicator

E090000AFD

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated),the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when travelling on open dualcarrigeways/motorways in goodweather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

CAUTIONDuring cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.

OCM050100R

Type A Type B

5 41

Driving your vehicle

E090100AUN

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the Cruise ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The Cruise indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the -SET switch, and release it atthe desired speed. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator at thesame time. The desired speed will auto-matically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly whilst goingdownhill.

E090200AFD

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will accelerate. Release theswitch at the speed you want.

OCM050101

OCM051101L

Type A

Type B

OCM050103

OCM051103L

Type A

Type B

OCM050102

OCM051102L

Type A

Type B

Driving your vehicle

425

• Push the RES+ switch and release itimmediately.

Petrol Engine - The cruising speed willincrease by 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each timethe RES+ switch is operated in this man-ner.Diesel Engine - The cruising speed willincrease by 1.2 mph (2 km/h) each timethe RES+ switch is operated in this man-ner.

E090300AFD

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the -SET switch and hold it. Your

vehicle will gradually slow down.Release the switch at the speed youwant to maintain.

• Push the -SET switch and release itimmediately.

Petrol Engine - The cruising speed willdecrease by 1 mph (1.6 km/h) eachtime the -SET switch is operated in thismanner.Diesel Engine - The cruising speed willdecrease by 1.2 mph (2 km/h) eachtime the -SET switch is operated in thismanner.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

OCM050103

OCM051103L

Type A

Type B

5 43

Driving your vehicle

E090500AFD

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.

• Press the CANCEL switch located onthe steering wheel.

• Decrease the vehicle speed lower thanthe memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 mph (40km/h).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES+ switch located on your steeringwheel. You will return to your previouslypreset speed.

E090600AUN

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the Cruise ON-OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activated, themost recent set speed will automaticallyresume when the RES+ switch is pushed.

OCM050104

OCM051104L

Type A

Type B

OCM050102

OCM051102L

Type A

Type B

Driving your vehicle

445

It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

E090700AUN

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the Cruise ON-OFF button (the

Cruise indicator light in the instrumentcluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.

Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OCM050101

OCM051101L

Type A

Type B

5 45

Driving your vehicle

Active ECO operationActive ECO helps improve fuel efficiencyby controlling the engine, transaxle andair conditioner. But fuel-efficiency can bechanged by the driver's driving habitsand road conditions.• When the Active ECO button is

pressed the ECO indicator (green) willilluminate to show that the Active ECOis operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated, itdoes not turn off even though theengine is restarted again. To turn offthe system, press the active ECO but-ton again.

• If Active ECO is turned off, it will returnto the ECO mode.

When Active ECO is activated:• Vehicle noise may become loud.• Vehicle speed may drop.• The air conditioner performance may

decline.

Limitation of Active ECO operation:If the following conditions occur whileActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even though there isno change in the ECO indicator.• When the coolant temperature is low:

The system will be limited until engineperformance becomes normal.

• When driving up a hill:The system will be limited to gainpower when driving uphill because theengine torque is restricted.

• When using sports mode:The system will be limited according tothe shift location.

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONVehicle speed is limited to 87mph(140km/h) when Active ECO is oper-ating. It will not go over the limitedspeed.

OCM051065R

Driving your vehicle

465

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from alitre (gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the motorway, is one ofthe most effective ways to reduce fuelconsumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tyres. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tyrewear. Check the tyre pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting kerbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tyre wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule. If you drive your vehi-cle in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required.

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 47

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "labour" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhilst driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

Driving your vehicle

485

E110100AUN

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tyre chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle.Do not race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating and possible dam-age to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, whilst driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tyre speedcould cause the tyres to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tyre damage.

5 49

Driving your vehicle

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESP system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tyre wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

WARNING - Spinning tyresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tyre to overheatwhich could result in tyre damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

OUN056051/H OCM050200R

Driving your vehicle

505

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windscreen wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindscreen wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windscreen.

• If your tyres are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tyres are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhilst driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes whilst the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003/H

5 51

Driving your vehicle

E110700AUN

Dual carrigeway/Motorway drivingTyres:Adjust the tyre inflation pressures tospecification. Low tyre inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tyres.Avoid using worn or damaged tyreswhich may result in reduced traction ortyre failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tyre infla-tion pressure shown on the tyres.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tyres can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tyres for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tyre pressures, refer to section8, “Tyres and wheels”.

• Driving on tyres with no or insuf-ficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tyres can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tyresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tyre tread before driving yourvehicle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to section7, “Tyres and wheels”.

1VQA1004R

Driving your vehicle

525

E120000AUN

The onset of winter conditions subjectmotor vehicles to greater operatingdemands. Therefore, the following sug-gestions will assist in maintaining peakperformance and reliability during theseperiods:

E120100AUN

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tyres or toinstall tyre chains on your tyres. If snowtyres are needed, it is necessary toselect tyres equivalent in size and type ofthe original equipment tyres. Failure to doso may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle. Furthermore,speeding, rapid acceleration, suddenbrake applications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tyre chains on the tyre willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETyre chains are not legal in all countries.Check the country laws before fittingtyre chains.

E120101AUN

Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tyres of thesame size and load range as the originaltyres. Mount snow tyres on all fourwheels to balance your vehicle’s han-dling in all weather conditions. Keep inmind that the traction provided by snowtyres on dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipment tyres.You should drive cautiously even whenthe roads are clear. Check with the tyredealer for maximum speed recommen-dations.

Do not install studded tyres without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tyre sizeSnow tyres should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tyres. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

5 53

Driving your vehicle

E120102ACM

Tyre chains Since the sidewalls of radial tyres arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tyres is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tyre chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.

When using tyre chains, attach them tothe drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheels4WD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is not avail-able for an 4WD vehicle, chainsmay be installed on the frontwheels only.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtyres. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetyre. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007

Driving your vehicle

545

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure thatits freezing point is sufficient for the tem-peratures anticipated during the winter.

E120300AFD

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer or a service station.

E120400AFD

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consult aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

5 55

Driving your vehicle

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AFD

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AUN

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily whilst you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.Do not park a vehicle on a public roadwithout the parking brake applied.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er, you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tyre chains,tow straps or chains, flashlight, emer-gency flares, sand, a shovel, jumpercables, a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Driving your vehicle

565

E140000AFD

If you are considering towing with yourvehicle, you should first check with yourLocal Laws to determine their legalrequirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for furtherdetails before towing.

✽✽ NOTICE - For Europe• The technically permissible maximum

load on the rear axle(s) may beexceeded by not more than 15 % andthe technically permissible maximumladen mass of the vehicle may beexceeded by not more than 10 % or220.4 lbs (100 kg), whichever value islower. In this case, do not exceed 62.1mph (100 km/h) for vehicle of catego-ry M1 or 49.7 mph (80 km/h) for vehi-cle of category N1.

• When a vehicle of category M1 is tow-ing a trailer, the additional loadimposed at the trailer coupling devicemay cause the tyre maximum loadratings to be exceeded, but not bymore than 15 %. In this case, do notexceed 62.1 mph (100 km/h) andincrease the tyre inflation pressure byat least 0.2 bar.

TRAILER TOWING

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and/or drive improperly, youcan lose control when you pull atrailer. For example, if the trailer istoo heavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, GCW (gross combi-nation weight), GVW (gross vehicleweight), GAW (gross axle weight )and trailer nose weight are all with-in the limits.

5 57

Driving your vehicle

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtyres are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

• Left side

• Right side

Driving your vehicle

585

E140100AUN

Towbars It's important to have the correct towbarequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right towbar.Here are some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer towbar? If you do, then be sureto seal the holes later when youremove the towbar.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for towbars. Do not attachrental towbars or other bumper-typetowbars to them. Use only a frame-mounted towbar that does not attach tothe bumper.

• HYUNDAI trailer towbar accessory isavailable at a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

E140200AUN

Safety cablesYou should always attach cablesbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety cables under the noseof the trailer so that the nose will not dropto the road if it becomes separated fromthe towbar.Instructions about safety cables may beprovided by the towbar manufacturer orby the trailer manufacturer. Follow themanufacturer’s recommendation forattaching safety cables. Always leave justenough slack so you can turn with yourtrailer. And, never allow safety cables todrag on the ground.

E140300AUN

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to localregulations and that it is properlyinstalled and operating correctly.If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi-mum allowed weight without trailerbrakes, then the trailer will also require itsown brakes as well. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's

brake system.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

5 59

Driving your vehicle

E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer towbarand platform, safety cables, electricalconnector(s), lights, tyres and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, kerbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden manoeuvres. Signal wellin advance.

Driving your vehicle

605

E140405AFD

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

E140406AFD

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimise heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

5 61

Driving your vehicle

E140407AUN

Parking on hills Generally, if you have a trailer attached toyour vehicle, you should not park yourvehicle on a hill. People can be seriouslyor fatally injured, and both your vehicleand the trailer can be damaged if unex-pectedly roll down hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.

Turn the steering wheel in the directionof the kerb (right if headed down hill,left if headed up hill).

2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,place the car in neutral. If the vehiclehas an automatic transaxle, place thecar in P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake and shut off thevehicle.

4. Place chocks under the trailer wheelson the down hill side of the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shiftto neutral, release the parking brakeand slowly release the brakes until thetrailer chocks absorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park-ing brake and shift the vehicle to R(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P(Park) for automatic transaxle.

7. Shut off the vehicle and release thevehicle brakes but leave the parkingbrake set.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idleuntil it cools down. You may pro-ceed once the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break loose.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

Driving your vehicle

625

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill

1. With the manual transaxle in Neutralor automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down whilst you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand towbar. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all towbar nutsand bolts should be tight.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

5 63

Driving your vehicle

E140600BFD

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a towbar dealer about sway con-trol.

• Do not do any towing with your car dur-ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlyrun-in. Failure to heed this caution mayresult in serious engine or transaxledamage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 60 mph (100km/h)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

M/T : Manual transaxleA/T : Automatic transaxleN/A : Not applicable

Engine

Item

Petrol Engine Diesel Engine

3.5L 2.4L M/T A/T

Maximum trailerweight

Ibs. (kg)

Without brakeSystem

N/A

1653(750)

1653(750)

1653(750)

With brakeSystem

4409 (2000)

5512 (2500)

4409 (2000)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the couplingdevice

Ibs. (kg)

176 (80)

220 (100)

176 (80)

Recommended distance fromrear wheel centre to couplingpoint

Inch (mm)

43.4 (1103)

Driving your vehicle

645

E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer noseThe nose weight of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the kerb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe nose weight to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer nose should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumpermissible trailer nose weight. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the nose, separately, to seeif the weights are proper. If they aren’t,you may be able to correct them simplyby moving some items around in the trail-er.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Nose Weight Total Trailer WeightWARNING - Trailer

• Never load a trailer with moreweight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or motor-way patrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

5 65

Driving your vehicle

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

E160200AUN

Vehicle kerb weightThis is the weight of the vehicle includingfuel, driver and all standard equipment.

E160300AUN

PayloadThis is the weight of passengers, lug-gage and any optional equipmentinstalled.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclekerb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the maximum allowed weight ofthe vehicle, contents, passengers andoptional equipment.

E160700AUN

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver's (orfront passenger's) door sill.

E160800AUN

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's (or frontpassenger’s) door. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an acci-dent or vehicle damage. You cancalculate the weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehicle.Be careful not to overload yourvehicle.

6

Road warning / 6-2

In case of an emergency whilst driving / 6-3

If the engine will not start / 6-4

Emergency starting / 6-5

If the engine overheats / 6-7

Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-8

If you have a flat tyre / 6-13

Towing / 6-22

What to do in an emergency

What to do in an emergency

26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the centre consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher whilst the vehi-cle is being towed.

OCM040111R

6 3

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVINGF020100AUN

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

F020200AUN

If a puncture occurs whilst driv-ing the vehicle1. Bring the car to rest as soon as it is

safe to do so and with the minimumamount of braking required which willassist in maintaining the maximumamount of control. The vehicle shouldbe parked wherever possible upon firmlevel ground to facilitate wheel chang-ing.

2. If the vehicle is creating a hazard andthe road conditions do not permit thewheel to be changed safely, assis-tance should be sought.

3. Passengers must not be allowed toremain inside the vehicle during wheelchanging. If a puncture occurs whilstthe vehicle is on a motorway, the pas-sengers should take refuge on themotorway embankment to avoid thepossibility of injury occurring shouldthe vehicle be struck by other motor-way traffic.

4. Wheel changing should be performedaccording to the following instructions.

F020300AFD

If engine stalls whilst driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or seekother qualified assistance.

What to do in an emergency

46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTF030100AUN

If engine cannot be cranked1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery terminals and con-nections to ensure that these are cleanand also tight.

3. If the interior lights dim when theengine is cranked and the battery ter-minals have been checked, a dis-charged battery is indicated.

4. Do not attempt to push or tow start thevehicle, refer to "Jump Starting" forinformation regarding engine startingwhen the battery is discharged.

F030200AFD

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position, check all connectors atignition, coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or seekother qualified assistance.

WARNINGIf the engine refuses to start, noattempt should be made to push ortow start the vehicle. Vehicles withautomatic transaxle or fuel injec-tion will not be able to be started inthis manner since no drive is trans-mitted through the automatictransaxle whilst the engine is notrunning, and in the case of fuelinjected derivatives, the fuel pumpwill not operate under tow startconditions. In addition, if the vehi-cle is equipped with an exhaust cat-alyst, damage to the catalyst mayresult if the vehicle is tow started.

6 5

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AUN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

What to do in an emergency

66

F040101AFD

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

6 7

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AFD

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom the bonnet, stop the engine. Donot open the bonnet until the coolanthas stopped running or the steaminghas stopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, checkfor coolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest HYUNDAI authorised repairerfor assistance.

6. If the cause of the overheating cannotbe found, wait until the engine temper-ature has returned to normal. Then, ifcoolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thebase of the radiator fill opening. Fill thecoolant expansion tank to the halfwaymark. To ensure the correct water tocoolant mix is obtained after top up,testing by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer is required.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call aHYUNDAI authorised repairer forassistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

WARNINGWhilst the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

What to do in an emergency

86

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low tyre pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

(2) Low tyre pressure position tell-tale

Each tyre, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tyre inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tyres of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tyre inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tyre inflation pressure forthose tyres.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atyre pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tyrepressure telltale when one or moreof your tyres is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtyre pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tyres assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a sig-nificantly under-inflated tyre causesthe tyre to overheat and can lead totyre failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tyre treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tyre mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tyre pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tyre pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tyre pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tyre pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tyres orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretyres or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tyres and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OCM060012R

6 9

What to do in an emergency

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tyre Pressure andPosition indicators do not illuminatefor 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON positionor engine is running, or if theyremain illuminated after coming onfor approximately 3 seconds, takeyour car to your nearest HYUNDAIauthorised repairer and have thesystem checked.

Low tyre pressure tell-tale

Low tyre pressure posi-tion telltale

When the tyre pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated. The lowtyre pressure position telltale lightwill indicate which tyre is significant-ly under-inflated by illuminating thecorresponding position light.If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tyres as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tyres to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tyre inflation pres-sure label located on the driver’s sidecentre pillar outer panel. If you can-not reach a service station or if thetyre cannot hold the newly added air,replace the low pressure tyre withthe spare tyre.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willremain on after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressuretyre repaired and replaced on thevehicle.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tyre pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tyre pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tyre inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tyre pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tyre inflationpressure and adjust the tyres tothe recommended tyre inflationpressure.

What to do in an emergency

106

TPMS (Tyre PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The low tyre pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tyre PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under infla-tion warning at the same time as sys-tem failure then it will illuminate boththe TPMS malfunction and low tyrepressure position telltales e.g. if FrontLeft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator illuminates, but if theFront Right, Rear Left, or Rear Righttyre is under-inflated, the low tyrepressure position telltales may illumi-nate together with the TPMS mal-function indicator.Have the system checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer assoon as possible to determine thecause of the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tyre pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tyres can cause the tyresto overheat and fail.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTyre Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if snowchains are used or some sep-arate electronic devices suchas notebook computers,mobile charger, remote starteror navigation etc., are used inthe vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

6 11

What to do in an emergency

Changing a tyre with TPMSIf you have a flat tyre, the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tyre repairedby a HYUNDAI authorised repaireras soon as possible or replace theflat tyre with the spare tyre.

Each wheel is equipped with a tyrepressure sensor mounted inside thetyre behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tyres serviced by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretyre with the spare tyre, the Low TyrePressure and Position telltales willremain on until the low pressure tyreis repaired and placed on the vehi-cle.After you replace the low pressuretyre with the spare tyre, the TPMSmalfunction indicator may illuminateafter a few minutes because theTPMS sensor mounted on the sparewheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tyre is rein-flated to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tyre pressure and position tell-tales will extinguish within a few min-utes of driving.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONIf a original mounted tyre isreplaced with the spare tyre, theTPMS sensor on the replacedspare wheel should be initiatedand the TPMS sensor on theoriginal mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sen-sor on the original mountedwheel located in the spare tyrecarrier still activates, the tyrepressure monitoring systemmay not operate properly. Havethe tyre with TPMS serviced orreplaced by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tyre. The tyresealant can damage the tyrepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tyrepressure sensor.

What to do in an emergency

126

You may not be able identify a lowtyre by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tyre pressuregauge to measure the tyre's inflationpressure. Please note that a tyre thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atyre that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that3 hour period).Allow the tyre to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tyre is cold before inflatingto the recommended pressure.A cold tyre means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

CAUTIONDo not use any tyre sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTyre Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tyre pressure sen-sors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tyre pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TyrePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tyre dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

6 13

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE

F070100AFD

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment.Pull up the luggage box cover toreach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytyre changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”whilst the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OCM060008

WARNING - Changingtyres

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or motorway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tyre.The jack shouldbe used on firm level ground.If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

What to do in an emergency

146

F070200AFD

Removing and storing the sparetyre Your spare tyre is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tyre:1. Open the tailgate.2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and

remove the cover.

3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lowerthe spare tyre.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tyre reaches theground.

OCM054009

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhilst the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle whilst it is onthe jack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OCM054010

6 15

What to do in an emergency

4. After the spare tyre reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tyre outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tyre carrier maybe damaged.

5. Remove the retainer (1) from thecentre of the spare tyre.

To store the spare tyre:1. Lay the tyre on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2. Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel centre.

3. Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

OXM069005OXM069004

WARNINGEnsure the spare tyre retainer isproperly aligned with the centreof the spare tyre to prevent thespare tyre from “rattling”.Otherwise, it may cause thespare tyre to fall off the carrierand lead to an accident.

What to do in an emergency

166

F070300AFD

Changing tyres 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tyrefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

WARNING - Changing a tyre• To prevent vehicle movement

whilst changing a tyre, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

1VQA4022/H 1VQA4023

6 17

What to do in an emergency

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tyrehas been raised off the ground.

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tyreyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tyre just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OCM049011N OCM049013N OCM054012

What to do in an emergency

186

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tyre, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetyre to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

6 19

What to do in an emergency

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have a HYUNDAI authorised repairertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

If you have a tyre gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tyre pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetyre. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tyre in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

OXM069007

What to do in an emergency

206

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyrefrom rattling whilst the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070301AUN

Important - use of compact sparetyre (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tyre. This compact sparetyre takes up less space than a reg-ular-size tyre. This tyre is smallerthan a conventional tyre and isdesigned for temporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tyre. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tyre pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tyre. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tyres and wheels” insection 8.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tyre andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetyre in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tyre is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltyre should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 21

What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tyre,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetyre.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of thistyre could result in tyre failure, lossof vehicle control, and possiblepersonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tyre.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tyre diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tyre and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash whilst the com-pact spare tyre is installed.

• Do not use tyre chains on the com-pact spare tyre. Because of thesmaller size, a tyre chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tyre should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tyreon any other vehicle because thistyre has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tyre’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tyre.Inspect your compact spare tyreregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tyres with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tyre should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tyres, snow tyres,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one tempo-rary spare tyre at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer whilst the tem-porary spare tyre is installed.

What to do in an emergency

226

TOWING

F080100AFD

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or a com-mercial tow-truck service. Proper liftingand towing procedures are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle. The useof wheel dollies or flatbed is recommend-ed.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OXM069028

dolly

dolly

CAUTIONThe 4WD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the 4WDsystem.

WARNING - if equippedwith rolloversensor

If your vehicle is equipped with sideand curtain air bag, set the ignitionswitch to OFF or ACC positionwhen the vehicle is being towed.The side and curtain air bag maydeploy when the ignition is ON, andthe rollover sensor detects the situ-ation as a rollover.

6 23

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200AUN

Removable towing hook (rear) (if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the rearbumper.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OCM060013

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OUN046030

OCM054034

What to do in an emergency

246

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

F080300AFD

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer or a commercialtow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,axles, power train, steering and brakesmust all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

OCM060014

OCM060015

Front

Rear

6 25

What to do in an emergency

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving manoeuvres which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact aHYUNDAI authorised repairer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OXM069009

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

What to do in an emergency

266

F080301BUN

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

F080400AFD

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing, if equipped)

OCM060016

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hooks or frontbumper will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h)and drive less than 1 mile (1.5km) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2

Maintenance services / 7-4

Owner maintenance / 7-6

Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-9

Engine oil / 7-12

Engine coolant / 7-13

Brake fluid / 7-16

Power steering fluid / 7-17

Washer fluid / 7-18

Parking brake / 7-18

Fuel filter / 7-19

Air cleaner / 7-20

Climate control air filter / 7-22

Wiper blades / 7-24

Battery / 7-27

Tyres and wheels / 7-30

Fuses / 7-40

Light bulbs / 7-50

Appearance care / 7-60

Emission control system / 7-66

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AXM

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Power steering fluid reservoir

11. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

OXM079001R/OXM079100R

■■ Petrol Engine (2.4L)

■■ Petrol Engine (3.5L)

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

OCM010003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Fuel filter

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse box

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Positive battery terminal

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Power steering fluid reservoir

12. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■ Diesel Engine

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AFD

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave a HYUNDAI authorised repairerperform this work.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AFD

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service charts.You need this information to establishyour compliance with the servicing andmaintenance requirements of your vehi-cle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer. A HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

G020200AFD

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer with spe-cial tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by a HYUNDAI authorised repair-er.

7 5

Maintenance

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whilstperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

• Working under the bonnet withthe engine running is dangerous.It becomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine whilst work-ing under the bonnet, make cer-tain that you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similarloose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touches the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room whilst engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theelectronic engine control systemproduce considerable magneticfields.

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AFD

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your repaireras soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labour, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windscreen washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tyres.

G030102ACM

Whilst operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-elling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check manual transaxle operation,including clutch operation.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 7

Maintenance

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltyres including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windscreen washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tyres and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105ACM

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

bonnet hinges.• Lubricate door and bonnet locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

Maintenance

87

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AFD

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than“Normal Maintenance Schedule which isprovied in your Service Passport.”

7 9

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AFD

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer.

G050400AFD

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havea HYUNDAI authorised repairer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room whilst engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

Maintenance

107

G050600AUN

Vapour hose and fuel filler capThe vapour hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those intervalsspecified in the maintenance schedule.Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuelfiller cap is correctly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AFD

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugs (for petrol engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AFD

Valve clearance (for petrol engine)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.A HYUNDAI authorised repairer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AXM

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer in accordance to the scheduledmaintenance.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid colour is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed colour.

7 11

Maintenance

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever (or pedal) andcables.

G051900AUN

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AXM

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500ACM

Air conditioning refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Maintenance

127

ENGINE OIL

G060100AUN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OXM079004 OXM079005

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

CAUTION - Diesel engineOverfilling the engine oil may causesevere dieseling due to churningeffect. It may lead to engine damageaccompanied with abrupt enginespeed increment, combustion noiseand white smoke emission.

7 13

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTG060200AFD

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer accordingto the Maintenance Schedule.

G070000AFD

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winter sea-son, and before travelling to a colder cli-mate.

G070100AFD

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap whilst the engine isoperating or hot. Doing so mightlead to cooling system andengine damage and could resultin serious personal injury fromescaping hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

WARNINGProlonged and repeated contactwith used engine oils may result inserious skin disorders includingdermatitis and cancer. Avoid con-tact with skin as far as possible andalways wash thoroughly after anycontact. Keep used oils out ofreach of children. It is illegal to pol-lute drains, water courses and soil.Use only authorised waste collec-tion facilities including civic ameni-ty sites and garages for the dispos-al of used oil and oil filters. If indoubt, contact the local authorityfor disposal instructions.

Maintenance

147

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant refill is required, see aHYUNDAI authorised repairer for a cool-ing system inspection.

G070101BUN

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

OXM079006

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back whilstthe pressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug whilst theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

7 15

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

G070200AFD

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer according to theMaintenance Schedule.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windscreen and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

OCM070007

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Maintenance

167

BRAKE FLUID

G080100AXM

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected bya HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

OXM079008R

7 17

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the reservoir. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OCM070009

Maintenance

187

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brakeType ACheck whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 66 lb (30 kg, 294N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Stroke : 8~9 notch

OXM079010

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windscreen and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

• Windscreen Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windscreen washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windscreen washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

PARKING BRAKE

OCM050015R

7 19

Maintenance

Type BCheck the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhilst fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

G150100ACM

Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

If this warning light illuminates,take your car to a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer and havedrain the water and checkedthe system. G150200AFD

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the fuel filter cartridge,use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)

OCM070011ROCM050019/H

Maintenance

207

AIR CLEANER

G160100ACM

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OXM079014OXM079012R OXM079013R

7 21

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals.

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

Maintenance

227

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)G170100AXM

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support strap (1).

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides.

OCM070015R OCM070016R

7 23

Maintenance

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase by pulling out both sides of thecover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OCM070017OCM055011/H

Maintenance

247

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windscreen difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windscreenor the wiper blades with foreign mattercan reduce the effectiveness of the wind-screen wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents onor near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1JBA5122/H

7 25

Maintenance

Front windscreen wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windscreen, since itmay chip or crack the windscreen.

1JBA7037 1JBA7038

Maintenance

267

G180202AFD

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the centre part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer replace the wiperblade.

OHM078062 OHM078063

7 27

Maintenance

BATTERY

G190100BUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

OCM070019

Maintenance

287

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhilst the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilst thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

7 29

Maintenance

G130300AUN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger

main switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp

from the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery termi-nal.

• Before performing maintenanceor recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

Maintenance

307

TYRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tyre care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tyreinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200ACM

Recommended cold tyre inflationpressures All tyre pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetyres are cold. “Cold Tyres” meansthe vehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tyrewear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tyre and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tyre underin-flation

Severe underinflation (10 psi(70 kPa) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tyre failures that canresult in the loss of vehicle con-trol leading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OCM070048R

7 31

Maintenance

WARNING - Tyre inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tyre life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tyre failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tyre pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tyre pressure when the

tyres are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tyre each time youcheck the pressure of othertyres.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tyres can causeaccidents. If your tread isbadly worn, or if your tyreshave been damaged, replacethem.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tyre pres-sures at the proper levels. If atyre frequently needs refilling,have it checked by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe centre of the tyre tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tyres normally exceed

recommended cold tyre pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tyres to adjust the pres-sure or the tyres will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tyreinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

327

G200300AUN

Checking tyre inflation pressureCheck your tyres once a month ormore.Also, check the tyre pressure of thespare tyre.

G200301AFD

How to checkUse a good quality gauge to checktyre pressure. You can not tell if yourtyres are properly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tyres maylook properly inflated even whenthey're underinflated.Check the tyre's inflation pressurewhen the tyres are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from the tyrevalve stem. Press the tyre gaugefirmly onto the valve to get a pres-sure measurement. If the cold tyreinflation pressure matches the rec-ommended pressure on the tyre andloading information label, no furtheradjustment is necessary. If the pres-sure is low, add air until you reachthe recommended amount.If you overfill the tyre, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecentre of the tyre valve. Recheck thetyre pressure with the tyre gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tyres frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tyre pressure gauge.

• Tyres with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentyre failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.The recommended cold tyrepressure for your vehicle canbe found in this manual and onthe tyre label located on thedriver's side centre pillar.

• Worn tyres can cause acci-dents. Replace tyres that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tyre.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tyres on yourvehicle.

7 33

Maintenance

G200400AXM

Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tyres be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tyres forcorrect balance.When rotating tyres, check foruneven wear and damage. Abnormalwear is usually caused by incorrecttyre pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out-of-balance wheels, severebraking or severe cornering. Look forbumps or bulges in the tread or sideof tyre. Replace the tyre if you findeither of these conditions. Replacethe tyre if fabric or cord is visible.After rotation, be sure to bring thefront and rear tyre pressures to spec-ification and check lug nut tightness.Refer to “Tyre and wheels” in section8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tyres are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tyres that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tyre for tyre rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tyres under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tyre

With a full-size spare tyre (if equipped)

Directional tyres (if equipped)

Maintenance

347

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tyrelife and best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tyrewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

G200600BFD

Tyre replacementIf the tyre is worn evenly, a treadwear indicator will appear as a solidband across the tread. This showsthere is less than 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) oftread left on the tyre. Replace thetyre when this happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tyre.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

WARNING - Replacingtyres

• Driving on worn-out tyres isvery hazardous and willreduce braking effectiveness,steering accuracy, and trac-tion.

• Your vehicle is equipped withtyres designed to provide forsafe ride and handling capa-bility. Do not use a size andtype of tyre and wheel that isdifferent from the one that isoriginally installed on yourvehicle. It can affect the safetyand performance of your vehi-cle, which could lead to han-dling failure or rollover andserious injury.When replacingthe tyres, be sure to equip allfour tyres with the tyre andwheel of the same size, type,tread, brand and load-carryingcapacity.

(Continued)

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

7 35

Maintenance

G200601AUN

Compact spare tyre replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tyre has a shortertread life than a regular size tyre.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tyre.The replacement compact spare tyreshould be the same size and designtyre as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tyrewheel. The compact spare tyre is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetyre wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tyre.

G200700AUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• The use of any other tyre size

or type may seriously affectride, handling, ground clear-ance, stopping distance, bodyto tyre clearance, snow tyreclearance, and speedometerreliability.

• It is best to replace all fourtyres at the same time. If thatis not possible, or necessary,then replace the two front ortwo rear tyres as a pair.Replacing just one tyre canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tyresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tyres, all 4tyres must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tyres of a dif-ferent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tyre clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

Maintenance

367

G200800AUN

Tyre tractionTyre traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tyres, tyres that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tyres should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetyre wear. If you find a tyre is wornunevenly, have your repairer checkthe wheel alignment.When you have new tyres installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtyre life. Additionally, a tyre shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN

Tyre sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tyre and also providesthe tyre identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tyre incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002ACM

2. Tyre size designation A tyre’s sidewall is marked with a tyresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tyres for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tyre size designationmean.Example tyre size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tyre size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P235/60R18 102H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tyresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tyres have this marking).

235 - Tyre width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tyre’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tyre construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 37

Maintenance

102 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tyre can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX18

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tyre speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tyre size desig-nation on the sidewall of the tyre.This symbol corresponds to thattyre's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tyre life (TIN : Tyre Identification Number)

Any tyres that are over 6 years,based on the manufacturing date,tyre strength and performance,decline with age naturally (evenunused spare tyres). Therefore, thetyres (including the spare tyre)should be replaced by new ones.Youcan find the manufacturing date onthe tyre sidewall (possibly on theinside of the wheel), displaying theDOT Code. The DOT Code is aseries of numbers on a tyre consist-ing of numbers and English letters.The manufacturing date is designat-ed by the last four digits (characters)of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tyre size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1610 representsthat the tyre was produced in the16th week of 2010.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Maintenance

387

G201004AUN

4. Tyre ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tyre. Tyremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tyre, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tyre. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tyre and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tyre. Whenreplacing the tyres on the vehicle,always use a tyre that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtyre.

G201007BUN

7. Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tyre sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tyre when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tyregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tyre graded100.The relative performance of tyresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicletyres.The tyres available as standardor optional equipment on your vehi-cles may vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tyre ageTyres degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattyres generally be replacedafter six (6) years of normalservice. Heat caused by hot cli-mates or frequent high loadingconditions can accelerate theaging process. Failure to followthis Warning can result in sud-den tyre failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving seriousinjury or death.

7 39

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tyres ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tyre markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetyre’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tyre todegenerate and reduce tyre life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tyre failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tyre is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tyre temperature

The temperature grade for thistyre is established for a tyre thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentyre failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

Maintenance

407

FUSES

G210000AFD

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

7 41

Maintenance

G210100AUN

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OCM054002/H OCM070021

Maintenance

427

G210101AXM

Memory fuse (SHUNT connector)Your vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse (SHUNT connector) to prevent bat-tery discharge if your vehicle is parkedwithout being operated for prolongedperiods. Use the following proceduresbefore parking the vehicle for prolongedperiods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull out the memory fuse (SHUNTconnector).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AFD

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.

OCM070022/H

OCM070023

OCM070024

Diesel only

7 43

Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

G210201ACM

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the bolts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult aHYUNDAI authorised repairer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OCM070025

Maintenance

447

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Engine compartment

OCM070026/H/OCM070027/OCM070028

G210300AFD

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Diesel only

Driver’s side panel

7 45

Maintenance

Driver's side fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Burglar Alarm Relay

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH

P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH

S/ROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

P/SEAT 30A Driver/Passenger Seat Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

SAFETY PWR 25A Safety Power Window Module

MIRR HTD 10A Rear Defogger Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

A/BAG #1 15A SRS Control Module

ROOM LP 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, MAP Lamp Room Lamp, Cargo Lamp,Driver/Passenger Vanity Switch Rear Personal Room Lamp LH/RH

A/CON 10A Front A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionize, Incar Sensor, Rain Sensor Electro Chromic Mirror, SunroofMotor, Rear A/C Switch ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay, Head Lamp Washer Relay) Blower Relay, GM02(Ground)

H/LP WASHER 25A ICM Relay Box (Head Lamp Washer Relay)

P/AMP 30A Audio Amp

P/OUTLET CTR 25A Centre Power Outlet

P/OUTLET 25A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter, Rear Power Outlet

C/LIGHTER 15A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

DR/LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay), BCM Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator,Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH Tail Gate Lock Actuator, GM01 (Ground)

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), PAB Cut-Off Switch, Digital Clock

ESC SW 10A ESP Switch, Steering Angle Switch, ICM Relay Box (P/N Relay), Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer ControlModule, Multifunction Switch (Remocon)

T/SIG 10A Hazard Switch

RR FOG 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Fog Lamp Relay)

Maintenance

467

Description Fuse rating Protected componentPDM #2 15A PDM, Smart Key Control Module, Start Stop Button Switch FOB Holder, Key Solenoid

HAZARD 15A Hazard Relay, Hazard Switch, BCM, Instrument Cluster (IND.) Multifunction Switch (Light), RearCombination Lamp (OUT) LH/RH Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Head Lamp LH/RH

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

A/CON SW 10A Front A/C Control Module (Auto)

CLUSTER 10A Alternator, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Instrument Cluster (IND.) BCM, Tyre pressure monitoring module,Smart Key Control Module A/V & Navigation Head Unit, PIO Unit

BCM #1 10A Smart Key Control Module, PDM, BCM

FUEL LID 15A Fuel Filler Switch

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

RR A/CON 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay)

TPMS 10A Tyre pressure monitoring module, Front Initiator LH/RH Rear Initiator LH

AUDIO #2 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, PIO Unit, BCM, PDM Smart Key Control Module, Digital Clock, PowerOutside Mirror Switch

BLOWER 10A Blower Relay, Blower Motor, A/CON SW 10A

STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch

PDM #1 20A PDM

BCM #3 10A BCM, RF Receiver, Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch Power Outside Mirror Switch, Security Indicator

CLOCK 15A Front A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, Digital Clock

AUDIO #1 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, PIO Unit

ATM 10A Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

S/WARMER 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Control Module

BCM #2 10A Rheostat, BCM, PDM, Instrument Cluster (MICOM)

POWER CONNECTOR FUSE - ROOM LP 15A, CLOCK 15A, AUDIO #1 15A, BCM #3 10A

7 47

Maintenance

Engine compartment

Description Fuse rating Protected component

ALT 175A FUSIBLE LINK - BLR, B+ 2, P/WDW, ABS 1, ABS 2 FUSE - DEICER, RR HTD, A/CON, FR FOG, H/LPLO LH H/LP LO RH)

IGN 1 40A Ignition Switch (ACC, IG 1) PDM Relay Box (IGN 1 Relay)

ABS 1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

CON FAN 2 50A Condenser Fan Relay (High)

ABS 2 20A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

BLR 40A FUSE - BLR

P/WDW 40A Power Window Relay, FUSE - SAFETY PWR

B+2 50A FUSE - B/ALARM HORN, P/SEAT, TPMS, RR A/CON S/WARMER, S/ROOF, RR FOG, PDM #2, P/AMPH/LP WASHER)

IGN 2 40A Ignition Switch (START, IG 2), Start Relay PDM Relay Box (IGN 1 Relay)

B+ 1 50A FUSE - DR/LOCK, HAZARD, ATM, PDM #1, FUEL LID STOP, POWER CONNECTOR (BCM #3, CLOCKROOM LP, AUDIO #1)

CON FAN 1 40A Condenser Fan Relay (LOW)

ECU MAIN 40A Engine Control Relay

1 DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay

2 RR HTD 30A Rear Defogger Relay

3 - - -

4 H/LP LO RH 15A Head Lamp (Low) Relay RH

5 HORN 15A Horn Relay

6 H/LP LO LH 15A Head Lamp (Low) Relay LH

7 H/LP HI IND 10A Instrument Cluster (High Beam IND.)

8 ALT DSL 10A -

9 A/CON 10A A/CON Relay

10 ATM 15A 4WD ECM (G4KE/G6DC/D4HB M/T), Back-Up Lamp Relay

Maintenance

487

Description Fuse rating Protected component11 - - -

12 TAIL RH 10A Rear Combination Lamp (In)/(Out) RH, Position Lamp RH Glove Box Lamp, ICM Relay Box (DRL Relay)

13 FR FOG 10A Front Fog Lamp Relay

14 SENSOR 3 15A G4KE - Injector #1~#4, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve G6DC - PCM, Oil Control Valve #1/2(Exhaust/Intake) Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1/2 D4HB - ECM

15 TAIL LH 10A License Lamp, Rear Combination Lamp (In) LH Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH, Position Lamp LH

16 FUEL PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay

17 FR WIPER 25A Rain Sensor Relay, Front Wiper Relay, Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

18 TCU 15A PCM (G4KE/G6DC), TCM (D4HB), 4WD ECM (D4HB A/T) Battery Sensor

19 ABS 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ABS Control Module, 4WD ECM ESP Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch(G6DC), Yaw Rate Sensor Fusible Link Box (Fuel Filter Heater Relay)(D4HB) Fuel Filter Warning Sensor(D4HB)

20 COOLING 10A Condenser Fan Relay (G6DC), Glow Relay Unit (D4HB)

21 B/UP LP 10A Back-Up Lamp Relay, Back-Up Lamp Switch (G4KE/D4HB)

22 H/LP 10A Head Lamp Relay (Low) LH/RH, Front Fog Lamp Relay Head Lamp Relay (High), Auto Head LampLevelling Device Sensor Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH/RH

23 ECU 10A PCM (G4KE/G6DC), ECM/TCM (D4HB), Alternator (G6DC) Mass Air Flow Sensor (D4HB), TransaxlenRange Switch

24 H/LP HI 20A Head Lamp Relay (High)

25 SENSOR 1 10A

G4KE - Stop Lamp Switch, Immobiliser Module, A/CON Relay Fuel Pump Relay, Condenser Fan Relay(Low/High) Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oil Control Valve #1/2 Camshaft Position Sensor #1/2, OxygenSensor (Up) Variable Intake Manifold Valve G6DC - PCM, A/CON Relay, Fuel Pump Relay, Injector #1~#6D4HB - Stop Lamp Switch, Immobiliser Module, A/CON Relay Fuel Pump Relay, Condenser Fan Relay(Low/High) Lambda Sensor, Rail Pressure Regulating Valve Fusible Link Box (PTC Heater Relay #1)

7 49

Maintenance

Engine compartment (Diesel box)

Description Fuse rating Protected component

26 SENSOR 2 15A G4KE - PCM, Oxygen Sensor (Down) G6DC - PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1~#4 D4HB - Fuel PressureRegulating Valve, Oil Level Sensor EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid, Electrical VGT Actuator

27 IG COIL 20A G4KE - Condenser, Ignition Coil #1~#4 G6DC - Condenser #1/2, Ignition Coil #1~#6 D4HB - ECM

28 SPARE 10A -

29 SPARE 15A -

30 SPARE 20A -

31 SPARE 25A -

32 SPARE 30A -

Description Fuse rating Protected componentGLOW PLUG FUSIBLE LINK 80A Glow relay unit

FUEL FILTER HEATER 30A Fuel filter heater relay

PTC HEATER #1 40A PTC heater relay 1

PTC HEATER #2 40A PTC heater relay 2

PTC HEATER #3 40A PTC heater relay 3

Maintenance

507

LIGHT BULBSG220000AFD

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

7 51

Maintenance

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light(4) Front turn signal light(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

G220101ACM

Headlight bulb

OCM070029 OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

Maintenance

527

1. Open the bonnet.2. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove

the headlight assembly from the bodyof the vehicle.

3. Disconnect the power connector fromthe back of the headlight assembly.

4. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

6. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

7. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

8. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

9. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

10. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

11. Connect the power connector to theback of the headlight assembly.

12. Reinstall the headlight assembly tothe body of the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the headlight aiming adjustment isnecessary after the headlight assembly isreinstalled, consult a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

OCM070051LOCM070050L

7 53

Maintenance

Turn signal light/Position light

1. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

2. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

4. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)1. Remove the front bumper under cover.2. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.3. Disconnect the power connector from

the socket.4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socketalign with the slots on the housing.

5. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housing andturn the socket clockwise.

6. Connect the power connector to thesocket.

7. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.

OXM079053LOCM055014L/H

Maintenance

547

Headlight (HID type), position, turnsignal, and front fog light bulbreplacementIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

✽✽ NOTICEHID lamps have superior performancevs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are esti-mated by the manufacturer to last twiceas long or longer than halogen bulbsdepending on their frequency of use.They will probably require replacementat some point in the life of the vehicle.Cycling the headlamps on and off morethan typical use will shorten HID lampslife. HID lamps do not fail in the samemanner as halogen incandescent lamps.If a headlamp goes out after a period ofoperation but will immediately relightwhen the headlamp switch is cycled it islikely the HID lamp needs to bereplaced. HID lighting components aremore complex than conventional halo-gen bulbs thus have higher replacementcost.

Side repeater light replacement Type AIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by a HYUNDAIauthorised repairer.

WARNING - HID Headlightlow beam (if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENON bulb)due to electric shock danger. If thelow beam (XENON bulb) is notworking, have your vehicle checkedby a HYUNDAI authorised repairer.

OEN076031

7 55

Maintenance

Type B1. Remove the light assembly from the

vehicle by prying the lens and pullingthe assembly out.

2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connec-tor.

3. Separate the socket and the lens partsby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the lens part.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.6. Reassemble the socket and the lens

part.7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.8. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Rear turn signal light(2) Stop and tail light(3) Tail light(4) Back-up light

Outside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Loosen the light assembly retaining

nuts with a wrench.4. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OCM052016

OCM055026

OCM070033OCM055038

Maintenance

567

5. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

8. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

9. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Inside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Remove the socket from the assembly

by turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

OCM070037

OCM070038

7 57

Maintenance

Rear Fog Light (if equipped)1. Remove the mounting screws of the

rear fog light cover with a flat-bladescrewdriver.

2. Disconnect the power code by turningthe bulb cover counterclockwise andtake the bulb out from the bulb coverby turning it clockwise.

3. Install a new bulb.

High mounted stop light bulbreplacement (if equipped)If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

OCM055015L G270F02O OCM070046

Maintenance

587

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with

a philips head screwdriver.2. Remove the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb.5. Reinstall the lens securely with the

lens retaining screws.

Door courtesy lamp bulb replace-ment (if equipped)If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

OCM040134/HOCM055036

7 59

Maintenance

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gentlypry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

Map lamp

■ Front

■ Rear (if equipped)

OXM079044/OXM079041/H/OCM070045/H

Glove box lamp (if equipped)

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)

Sunvisor lamp

Room lamp

OCM070049L/OCM055032/OCM055034/OCM055033/OXM079043

Maintenance

607

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102CUN

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits.

A mild soap, safe for use on painted sur-faces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes whilst driving slowly to seeif they have been affected by water.If braking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly whilst maintaining a slowforward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

7 61

Maintenance

Waxing

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Maintenance

627

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes whilst driving slowly to seeif they have been affected by water.If braking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly whilst maintaining a slowforward speed.

7 63

Maintenance

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosion

In using the most advanced design andconstruction practices, every HYUNDAIis built to retain its original factory finishfor many years. However, long term dura-bility is also greatly dependant uponmaintaining the various protection sys-tems and coatings used in manufacturesince constant exposure to the elementswill eventually result in their breakdownand loss of effectiveness. The followingsuggestions are made to assist in themaintenance of the vehicle bodywork.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

Maintenance

647

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

7 65

Maintenance

Interior careG230201BUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its colour can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colourof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

Maintenance

667

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AFD

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by aHYUNDAI authorised repairer in accor-dance with the maintenance schedule.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Program (ESP) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) system off by press-ing the ESP switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESP system back onby pressing the ESP switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AFD

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapours from escaping into the atmos-phere.

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapours generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapours absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

7 67

Maintenance

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions whilst maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolourless and odourless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionsfollowing to avoid CO poisoning.

Maintenance

687

G270303BFD

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol

engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by a HYUNDAI autho-rised repairer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of petrol, it could causethe engine to misfire and result inexcessive loading of the catalytic con-verter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

Diesel Particulate Filter (if equipped)The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sys-tem removes the soot emitted from thevehicle.Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPFsystem automatically burns (oxidizes)and removes the accumulated sootaccording to the driving condition. Inother words, the active burning by enginecontrol system and high exhaust gastemperature caused by normal/high driv-ing condition burns and removes theaccumulated soot.However, if the vehicle continues to bedriven at low speed for long time, theaccumulated soot may not be automati-cally removed because of low exhaustgas temperature. In this particular case,the amount of soot is out of detectionlimit, the soot oxidation process byengine control system may not happenand the malfunction indicator light mayblink.When the malfunction indicator lightblinks, it may stop blinking by driving thevehicle at more than 37 mph (60km/h) orat more than second gear with 1500 ~2000 engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

7 69

Maintenance

If the malfunction indicator light contin-ues to be blinked in spite of the proce-dure, please visit a HYUNDAI authorisedrepairer and then check the DPF system.If you continue to drive with the malfunc-tion indicator light blinking for a longtime, the DPF system can be damagedand fuel consumption can be worsen.

CAUTION - Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel fordiesel vehicle equipped with theDPF system.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur)and unspecified additives, it cancause the DPF system to be dam-aged and white smoke can be emit-ted.

8

Dimensions / 8-2

Bulb wattage / 8-2

Tyres and wheels / 8-3

Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7

Vehicle certification label / 8-7

Tyre specification and pressure label / 8-8

Engine number / 8-8

Specifications & Consumer information

Specifications & Consumer information

28

Item in (mm)

Overall length 183.5 (4660)

Overall width 74.4 (1890)

Overall height 67.9 (1725)/69.3 (1760)*

Front tread 63.6 (1615)

Rear tread 63.8 (1620)

Wheelbase 106.3 (2700)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55 or 35 (HID)Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal lights 21Position lights 5Side repeater lights LEDFront fog lights* 27Rear fog light* 21Stop and tail lights 21/5Tail light* 5Rear turn signal lights 21Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light* LEDLicense plate lights 5

Map lampsFront 10Rear* 10

Room lamps 10Luggage lamp* 10Glove box lamp* 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5

Door courtesy lamps* 5

BULB WATTAGE

* If equipped

* with roof rack

I010000ACM I030000ACM

8 3

Specifications & Consumer information

TYRES AND WHEELS

Front Rear Front Rear

235/65R17 7.0J×17 33 33 38 42

235/60R18 7.0J×18 (2.3, 230) (2.3, 230) (2.6, 260) (2.9, 290)

T165/90R174.0T×17

60 60 60 60

T165/90D17 (4.2, 420) (4.2, 420) (4.2, 420) (4.2, 420)

Full size tyre

Wheel lug nut torque

N•m (lb•ft, kg•m)

Inflation pressure

psi (bar, kPa)

88~107

(65~79, 9~11)

ItemTyre

sizeWheel size Maximum load

( )

Compact sparetyre (if equipped)

Normal load( )

I020000ACM

Specifications & Consumer information

48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000CCM

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)Recommends

Petrol Engine2.4L 4.6 l (4.05 Imp. qts.)

API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above3.5L 5.2 l (4.58 Imp. qts.)

Diesel Enginewith DPF*4 6.7 l (5.90 Imp. qts.) ACEA C3

without DPF*4 6.7 l (5.90 Imp. qts.) ACEA B4

Engine oil consumptionNormal driving condition MAX. 1 l /1500 km -

Severe driving condition MAX. 1 l /1000 km -

Manual transaxle fluidPetrol Engine 2.4L 1.8 l (1.58 Imp. qts.)

API GL-4, SAE 75W/85Diesel Engine 1.6 l (1.41 Imp. qts.)

Automatic transaxle fluid

Petrol Engine2.4L 7.1 l (6.25 Imp. qts.) MICHANG ATF SP-IV

SK ATF SP-IV NOCA ATF SP-IV

HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV

3.5L 7.8 l (6.86 Imp. qts.)

Diesel Engine2.0L 7.8 l (6.86 Imp. qts.)

2.2L 7.7 l (6.78 Imp. qts.)

Power steering 1.0 l (0.88 Imp. qts.) PSF-3 or PSF-4

Coolant

Petrol

Engine

2.4LMT 6.5 l (5.72 Imp. qts.)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

AT 6.6 l (5.81 Imp. qts.)

3.5L AT 8.6 l (7.57 Imp. qts.)

Diesel EngineMT 8.6 l (7.57 Imp. qts.)

AT 9.0 l (7.92 Imp. qts.)

8 5

Specifications & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification

Brake/clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4(0.62~0.70 Imp. qts.)

Rear differential oil (4WD) 0.7 l (0.62 Imp. qts.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Transfer case oil Petrol Engine2.4L 0.6 l (0.53 Imp. qts.)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

(4WD)3.5L 0.7 l (0.62 Imp. qts.)

Diesel Engine 0.6 l (0.53 Imp. qts.)(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Fuel 70 l (15.40 lmp. gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.*4 Diesel Particulate FilterMT : Manual transaxle AT : Automatic transaxle

Specifications & Consumer information

68

I040100AXM

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Petrol Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30/40

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-20, 5W-30

8 7

Specifications & Consumer information

H010000AEN

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.The number is punched on the enginecompartment bulkhead.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindscreen from outside.

H020000AEN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecentre pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OCM056002OCM080001R

Frame number

OEN086004N

OEN086004N/H

VIN label (if equipped)Type A

VIN label (if equipped)Type B

Specifications & Consumer information

88

The tyres supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tyre label located on the driver's sidecentre pillar gives the tyre pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

TYRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER

OCM080003 OCM089005

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

■ Petrol engine (2.4L)

■ Petrol engine (3.5L)

■ Diesel engine

OXM089006L

OCM070048R

IIndex

Index

2I

Active ECO system·························································5-45Air bags···········································································3-37

Air bag warning label................................................3-58Air bag warning light ................................................3-56Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-47Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-41Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch ................3-43Side impact air bag....................................................3-45

Air cleaner·······································································7-20Alarm system ··································································4-10All wheel drive (AWD), see four wheel drive (4WD) ···5-23Antenna ·········································································4-111Anti-lock brake system (ABS)········································5-33Appearance care······························································7-60

Exterior care ······························································7-60Interior care ·······························································7-65

Armrest ···········································································3-13Ashtray··········································································4-101Audio system ································································4-111

Antenna ···································································4-111Aux, USB and iPod·················································4-106Steering wheel audio control ··································4-112

Automatic climate control system ··································4-87Air conditioning ························································4-93Automatic heating and air conditioning····················4-88

Manual heating and air conditioning ························4-89Outside thermometer ·················································4-913rd row air conditioning············································4-94

Automatic transaxle ························································5-17Ignition key interlock system····································5-21Shift lock system·······················································5-20Sports mode·······························································5-20

Battery·············································································7-27Before driving ···································································5-3Bonnet ·············································································4-22Bottle holders, see cup holders ·····································4-102Brake system···································································5-30

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)··································5-33Electronic stability program (ESP) ···························5-35Parking brake·····························································5-31Power brakes ·····························································5-30

Brakes fluid·····································································7-16Bulb replacement ····························································7-50

Door courtesy lamp bulb replacement ······················7-58Front fog light bulb replacement ·····················7-51, 7-54Headlight bulb replacement ·····························7-51, 7-54High mounted stop light replacement ·······················7-57Interior light bulb replacement··································7-59License plate light bulb replacement ························7-58

A

B

I 3

Index

Position light bulb replacement ·······················7-51, 7-54Rear combination light bulb replacement ·················7-55Rear fog light bulb replacement································7-57Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-54Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-55

Bulb wattage ·····································································8-2Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button··················5-8

Capacities (Lubricants) ·····················································8-4Care

Exterior care ······························································7-60Interior care ·······························································7-65Tyre care····································································7-30Cargo security screen ··············································4-108

Cargo weight···································································5-65Centre console storage ····················································4-98Central door lock switch·················································4-13Changing tyres ································································6-16Changing a tyre with TPMS ·············································6-8Chains

Tyre chains ································································5-53Checking tyre inflation pressure·····································7-32Child restraint system ·····················································3-29

Tether anchor system·················································3-33ISOFIX system ·························································3-34

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-15

Climate control system (Automatic) ·····························4-87Air conditioning ·······················································4-93Automatic heating and air conditioning ···················4-88Manual heating and air conditioning ·······················4-89Outside thermometer ·················································4-91

Climate control system (Manual) ··································4-78Air conditioning ·······················································4-83Heating and air conditioning·····································4-79

Cigarette lighter ····························································4-101Climate control air filter ········································4-85, 7-22Clock (Digital) ·····························································4-105Clothes hanger ······························································4-106Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-38Compact spare tyre ························································6-20Compact spare tyre replacement ····································7-35Console box cooling ·······················································4-98Coolant ···········································································7-13Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-13Crankcase emission control system ·······························7-66Cruise control system ····················································5-40Cup holder ···································································4-102Curtain air bag ·······························································3-47

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-38Dashboard illumination, see instrument

panel illumination ·······················································4-39

C

D

Index

4I

Defogging (Windscreen) ················································4-95Defogging logic (Windscreen) ·······································4-97Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-77Defrosting (Windscreen) ················································4-95Digital clock ·································································4-105Dimensions ······································································8-2Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-38Display illumination, see instrument panel

illumination··································································4-39Door courtesy lamp bulb replacement····························7-58Door locks·······································································4-12

Central door lock switch ··········································4-13Child-protector rear door lock ·································4-15

Drinks holders, see cup holders ···································4-102Driver's air bag ·······························································3-41Driving at night ······························································5-49Driving in flooded areas ················································5-50Driving in the rain ··························································5-50Dual carrigeway/Motorway driving································5-51

Economical operation ····················································5-46Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·····································4-34Electronic stability program (ESP)·································5-35Emergency starting ··························································6-5

Jump starting ······························································6-5Push starting ·······························································6-6

Emergency towing ·························································6-24Emergency whilst driving ················································6-3Emission control system ················································7-66

Crankcase emission control system ·························7-66Evaporative emission control system ·······················7-66Exhaust emission control system ·····························7-67

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-13Engine number ·································································8-8Engine oil ·······································································7-12Engine overheats ······························································6-7Engine start/stop button ···················································5-8Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-40Engine will not start ·························································6-4Evaporative emission control system ····························7-66Exhaust emission control system ···································7-66Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ··················7-9Exterior care ···································································7-60Exterior features ···························································4-110

Roof rack ································································4-110

Flat tyre ··········································································6-13Changing tyres ·························································6-16Compact spare tyre ··················································6-20Jack and tools ···························································6-13Removing and storing the spare tyre ·······················6-14

EF

I 5

Index

Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-107Fluid

Washer fluid ·····························································7-18Brakes fluid ······························································7-16Power steering fluid ··················································7-17

Folding the rear seat ······················································3-13Four wheel drive (4WD) ················································5-23Front fog light bulb replacement ··························7-51, 7-54Front seat adjustment - manual ········································3-4Front seat adjustment - power ·········································3-5Fuel filler lid ··································································4-24Fuel filter(for diesel) ······················································7-19Fuel gauge ······································································4-41Fuel requirements ····························································1-2Fuses ··············································································7-40

Fuse/relay panel description ····································7-44Main fuse···································································7-43Memory fuse ·····························································7-42

GaugeEngine temperature gauge·········································4-40Fuel gauge ································································4-41

Glassroof, see panorama sunroof····································4-28Glove box ·······································································4-99

Hazard warning flasher ··················································4-63Hazardous driving conditions ········································5-48Headlight bulb replacement ·································7-51, 7-54Headlight leveling device ··············································4-68Headlight washer ····························································4-69Head restraint ··························································3-7, 3-11Heating and air conditioning ·········································4-79High mounted stop light replacement ····························7-57Horn ················································································4-33How to use this manual ···················································1-2

Ignition key interlock system··········································5-21ISOFIX system ······························································3-34Immobilizer system ·························································4-3Indicators and warnings ·················································4-46Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ····················1-6Instrument cluster ··························································4-38

Engine temperature gauge ········································4-40Fuel gauge ································································4-41Instrument panel illumination ··································4-39Odometer ··································································4-42Speedometer ·····························································4-39Tachometer ·······························································4-39

G

H

I

Index

6I

Trip computer ···························································4-43Warning and indicators ············································4-46

Instrument panel illumination ········································4-39Instrument panel overview ···············································2-3Interior care ····································································7-65Interior features ····························································4-101

Ashtray ···································································4-101Cargo security screen ·············································4-108Cigarette lighter ······················································4-101Clothes hanger·························································4-106Cup holder ······························································4-103Digital clock ···························································4-105Aux, USB and iPod ················································4-106Floor mat anchor(s) ················································4-107Luggage net (holder) ··············································4-107Power outlet ···························································4-104Sunvisor ··································································4-103

Interior light ···································································4-74Interior light bulb replacement ······································7-59Interior overview ······························································2-2

Jack and tools ·································································6-13Jump starting ····································································6-5

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

LabelAir bag warning label ···············································3-58Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-36Tyre specification and pressure label ·························8-8Vehicle certification label ···········································8-7

Latch system, see ISOFIX system ·································3-34License plate light bulb replacement ·····························7-58Light bulbs ·····································································7-50

Door courtesy lamp bulb replacement ······················7-58Front fog light bulb replacement ·····················7-51, 7-54Headlight bulb replacement ·····························7-51, 7-54High mounted stop light replacement ·······················7-57Interior light bulb replacement··································7-59License plate light bulb replacement ························7-58Position light bulb replacement ·······················7-51, 7-54Rear combination light bulb replacement ·················7-55Rear fog light bulb replacement································7-57Side repeater light bulb replacement·························7-54Turn signal light bulb replacement ···························7-55

L

K

J

I 7

Index

Lighting ··········································································4-64Battery saver function ··············································4-64

Lubricants and capacities ·················································8-4Luggage box ·································································4-100Luggage net (holder) ····················································4-107Luggage rack, see roof rack ·········································4-110Lumbar support ························································3-5, 3-7

Main fuse ········································································7-43Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ·············7-9Maintenance services ················································· 7-4Owner maintenance ····················································7-6Scheduled maintenance service ·································7-8Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-34

Maintenance services ·······················································7-4Manual climate control system ······································4-78

Air conditioning ·······················································4-83Climate control air filter ···········································4-85Heating and air conditioning ····································4-79

Manual heating and air conditioning ·····························4-89Manual transaxle·····························································5-14Memory fuse ··································································7-42Mirrors ···········································································4-34

Conversation mirror ··················································4-35Day/night rearview mirror ·······································4-34

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ·······························4-34Inside rearview mirror ··············································4-34Outside rearview mirror ···········································4-35

Moonroof, see panorama sunroof ··································4-28Multi box·······································································4-100

Neck restraints, see head restraint ···························3-7, 3-11

Odometer ·······································································4-42Oil (Engine) ···································································7-24Outside rearview mirror ·················································4-35Outside thermometer ·············································4-46, 4-91Overheats ·········································································6-7Owner maintenance ·························································7-6

Panorama sunroof ··························································4-28Parking brake inspect ·····················································7-18Parking brake ·································································5-30Passenger's front air bag ················································3-41Position light bulb replacement ····························7-51, 7-54Power brakes ··································································5-30Power outlet ·································································4-104

M

O

N

P

Index

8I

Power steering ································································4-32Power steering fluid ·······················································7-17Power window lock button ············································4-21Pre-tensioner seat belt ····················································3-23Push starting ·····································································6-6

Rear combination light bulb replacement ······················7-55Rear fog light bulb replacement ····································7-57Rear seat ·········································································3-11Rear parking assist system ·············································4-60Rearview camera ····························································4-62Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ··················7-30Recommended lubricants and capacities ·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number ······················8-6Remote keyless entry ·······················································4-5Removable towing hook ·················································6-23Road warning ···································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-48Roof rack ·····································································4-110

Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-8Seat belts ········································································3-18

Pre-tensioner seat belt ··············································3-233 point rear centre belt ·············································3-21

Lap/shoulder belt ······················································3-19Seat belt warning ···························································3-19Seat warmer ·····································································3-9Seatback pocket ·····························································3-10Seats ·················································································3-2

Armrest ·····································································3-13Head restraint·····················································3-7, 3-11Folding the rear seat ·················································3-13Front seat adjustment - manual ··································3-4Front seat adjustment - power ····································3-5Lumbar support ···················································3-5, 3-7Rear seat ···································································3-11Seatback pocket ························································3-10Seat warmer ································································3-9

Shift lock system ···························································5-20Side impact air bag ························································3-45Side repeater light bulb replacement ·····························7-54Smart key ·········································································4-7Smooth cornering ···························································5-49Snow tyres ······································································5-52Spare tyre

Compact spare tyre ··················································6-20Compact spare tyre replacement ······························7-35Removing and storing the spare tyre ·······················6-14

Special driving conditions ·············································5-48Driving at night ························································5-49Driving in flooded areas ···········································5-50Driving in the rain ····················································5-50

R

S

I 9

Index

Hazardous driving conditions ··································5-48Dual carrigeway/Motorway driving ··························5-51Rocking the vehicle ··················································5-48Smooth cornering ·····················································5-49

Speedometer ···································································4-39Sports mode ···································································5-20Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··················6-4Starting the engine ···························································5-5Steering wheel ·······························································4-32

Horn ··········································································4-33Power steering ··························································4-32Tilt steering ······························································4-32

Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-112Storage compartment ·····················································4-98

Centre console storage ·············································4-98Console box cooling··················································4-98Glove box ·································································4-99Luggage box····························································4-100Multi box·································································4-100Sunglass holder ························································4-99

Sunroof, see panorama sunroof ·····································4-28Sunvisor ·······································································4-103

Tachometer ·····································································4-39Tailgate ···········································································4-16Tether anchor system ·····················································3-33

Theft-alarm system ························································4-10Tie-down hook ·······························································6-26Tilt steering ····································································4-32Tyre chains ·····································································5-53Tyre specification and pressure label································8-8Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ······················6-8

Changing a tyre with TPMS ·····································6-11Tyres and wheels ····················································7-30, 8-3

Checking tyre inflation pressure ······························7-32Compact spare tyre replacement ······························7-35Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures ············7-30Tyre care ···································································7-30Tyre maintenance ·····················································7-36Tyre replacement ······················································7-34Tyre rotation ·····························································7-33Tyre sidewall labeling ··············································7-36Tyre traction ·····························································7-36Wheel alignment and tyre balance ···························7-34Wheel replacement ···················································7-35

Towing ···········································································6-22Emergency towing ····················································6-24Removable towing hook ···········································6-23Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing) ·························6-26Trailer towing ····························································5-56

Trailer towing··································································5-56Transaxle

Automatic transaxle ·················································5-17Manual transaxle ·······················································5-14

T

Index

10I

Tripmeter ········································································4-42Trip computer ································································4-43Turn signal light bulb replacement ································7-55

Vehicle certification label ················································8-7Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·······························8-7Vehicle run-in process ·····················································1-5Vehicle weight ·······························································5-65

GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-65GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-65GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-65GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-65Payload ······································································5-65Vehicle kerb weight···················································5-65

Washer fluid ···································································7-18Waste tray, see ashtray ·················································4-101Warnings and indicators ················································4-46Weight ············································································5-65

GAW (Gross axle weight) ········································5-65GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ···························5-65GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ···································5-65GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ·····················5-65Payload ······································································5-65

Vehicle kerb weight···················································5-65Wheel alignment and tyre balance ································7-34Wheel replacement ························································7-35Windows ········································································4-18

Auto up/down window ·············································4-20Power window lock button ·······································4-21

Windscreen defrosting and defogging ···························4-95Defogging logic ························································4-97

Winter driving ································································5-52Snow tyres ································································5-52Tyre chains ·······························································5-53

Wiper blades ··································································7-24Wipers and washers ·······················································4-70

V

W